gnome-user-docs r857 - trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C
- From: vpalexander svn gnome org
- To: svn-commits-list gnome org
- Subject: gnome-user-docs r857 - trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C
- Date: Sun, 18 May 2008 17:23:23 +0000 (UTC)
Author: vpalexander
Date: Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
New Revision: 857
URL: http://svn.gnome.org/viewvc/gnome-user-docs?rev=857&view=rev
Log:
minor edits-format,typos,etc
Modified:
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/ChangeLog
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/accessintro.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/enable.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/general.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/gnome-access-guide.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/legal.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/low-vision.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/mobility.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/preface.xml
trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/sysadmin.xml
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/accessintro.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/accessintro.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/accessintro.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -3,20 +3,20 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>Section 508</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>This chapter introduces you to accessibility in the GNOME
-Desktop.</para>
-<para>All software products
-should incorporate accessibility features to enable people with disabilities
-to use the software easily and efficiently. Recent legislation such as Section
-508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act heightens awareness of the need to provide
-accessible software. </para>
-<para>The GNOME Desktop is easy to use and incorporates many accessibility features. Every
-supported application and utility in the GNOME Desktop is designed with accessibility and usability in mind. Users
-with physical disabilities such as low vision or impaired motor skills can
-use all of the functionality of the GNOME Desktop thanks to the customization tools that are available. The
-customization tools enable you to customize the appearance and behavior of
-the desktop.</para>
-<para>The ability to easily customize the GNOME Desktop contributes greatly to the accessibility of the desktop.
-This guide describes the various customization options that you can use to
-tailor the desktop to suit your particular needs.</para>
+<para>
+This chapter introduces you to accessibility in the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+<para>
+All software products should incorporate accessibility features to enable people with disabilities to use the software easily and efficiently. Recent legislation such as Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act
+heightens awareness of the need to provide accessible software.
+</para>
+<para>
+The GNOME Desktop is easy to use and incorporates many accessibility features. Every supported application and utility in the GNOME Desktop is designed with
+accessibility and usability in mind. Users with physical disabilities such as low vision or impaired motor skills can use all of the functionality of the GNOME Desktop thanks to the customization tools that are available. These customization tools enable you to
+fine-tune the appearance and behavior of the desktop.
+</para>
+<para>
+The ability to easily customize the GNOME Desktop contributes greatly to the accessibility of the desktop. This guide describes the various options available to
+meet your particular needs.
+</para>
</chapter>
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/enable.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/enable.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/enable.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,17 +1,35 @@
<chapter id="enabling-accessibility" status="writing">
- <title>Enabling Accessibility Tools</title>
- <para>You must enable the assistive technology services before you are able to use many of the accessibility tools available.</para>
- <procedure>
- <step>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Assistive Technologies</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Select <guilabel>Enable assistive technologies</guilabel> and then press <guibutton>Close and Log Out</guibutton>.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Log back in. The assistive technology services will be started automatically.</para>
- </step>
- </procedure>
- <para>Once basic assistive technology support is enabled, it is possible to start accessibility services such as the screen reader, screen magnifier and on-screen keyboard.</para>
+<title>Enabling Accessibility Tools</title>
+<para>
+You must enable the assistive technology services before you are able to use many of the accessibility tools available.
+</para>
+<procedure>
+<step>
+<para>
+Choose
+<menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Assistive Technologies</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>.
+</para>
+</step>
+<step>
+<para>
+Select <guilabel>Enable assistive technologies
+</guilabel> and then press
+<guibutton>Close and Log Out</guibutton>.
+</para>
+</step>
+<step>
+<para>
+Log back in. The assistive technology services will be started automatically.
+</para>
+</step>
+</procedure>
+<para>
+Once basic assistive technology support is
+enabled, it is possible to start accessibility
+services such as the screen reader, screen magnifier and on-screen keyboard.
+</para>
</chapter>
-
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/general.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/general.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/general.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,9 +1,25 @@
<chapter id="general">
<title>General Accessibility Tips</title>
-<para>A number of technologies can be of assistance to people with different types of disabilities. These are covered in this section. In particular:</para>
+<para>
+A number of technologies can be of assistance to people with different types of disabilities. These are covered in this section. In particular:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Keyboard Desktop Navigation</emphasis> - allows users to navigate the desktop without using a mouse or pointer device.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Accessible Login</emphasis> - users can configure the login screen to be more accessible.</para></listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>
+Keyboard Desktop Navigation
+</emphasis>
+ - allows users to navigate the desktop without using a mouse or pointer device.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>
+Accessible Login
+</emphasis>
+ - users can configure the login screen to be more accessible.
+</para>
+</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<section id="sysadmin-27">
@@ -11,252 +27,322 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>accessible login feature</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The GNOME Desktop includes an Accessible
-Login feature. The Accessible Login feature enables users to: </para>
+<para>
+The GNOME Desktop includes an Accessible Login feature, enabling users to:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Log in to the desktop even if the user cannot easily use the
-screen, mouse, or keyboard in the usual way.</para>
+<para>
+Log in to the desktop even if the user cannot easily use the screen, mouse, or keyboard in the usual way.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Launch assistive technologies at login time by associating
-a user action with an assistive technology application. The user can perform
-the user action from the standard keyboard, or from a keyboard, pointing device,
-or switch device that is attached to the USB or PS/2 mouse port. These user
-actions are called gestures.</para>
+<para>
+Launch assistive technologies at login time by
+associating a user action with an assistive technology application. The user can perform the user action from the standard keyboard, or from a keyboard, pointing device, or switch device that is attached to the USB or
+PS/2 mouse port. These user actions are called gestures.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Change the visual appearance of the login dialog before the
-user logs in, for example, to use a high contrast theme for better visibility. </para>
+<para>
+Change the visual appearance of the login dialog before the user logs in; for example, using a high-contrast theme for better visibility.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+
<section id="sysadmin-34">
-<title>To Enable Accessible Login</title>
+<title>Enabling Accessible Login</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>GDM</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To configure GDM, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To configure GDM, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user.</para>
+<para>
+Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename>.</para>
+<para>
+Open the file
+<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename>
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Search the file for the following line: </para>
+<para>
+Search the file for the following line:
+</para>
<para>
<literal>#AddGtkModules=false</literal>
</para>
-<para>and replace the line with the following:</para>
+<para>
+and replace the line with the following:
+</para>
<para>
<literal>AddGtkModules=true</literal>
</para>
-<para>This step enables the GtkModules.</para>
+<para>
+This step enables the GtkModules.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Search the file for the following line: </para>
<para>
-<literal>#GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener</literal>
+Search the file for the following line:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literal>
+#GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener
+</literal>
+</para>
+<para>
+and delete the <literal>#</literal> from the start of the line so that the line reads:
</para>
-<para>and delete the <literal>#</literal> from the start of the line so that
-the line reads:</para>
<para>
-<literal>GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener</literal>
+<literal>
+GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener
+</literal>
</para>
<note>
-<para>The above lines must be displayed as single lines in the <filename>gdm.conf</filename> file without line breaks. The formatting of this guide
-may display the lines over two lines.</para>
+<para>
+The above lines must be displayed as single lines in the <filename>gdm.conf</filename> file without line breaks. The formatting of this guide may display the lines as being longer than two lines.
+</para>
</note>
-<para>This step loads all of the GtkModules to enable assistive technologies
-such as <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> and <application>Screen
-Reader and Magnifier</application>. You can edit the line above further to
-load only the GtkModules that you require to support the user base. For example: </para>
+<para>
+This step loads all of the GtkModules to enable assistive technologies such as
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+and <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier
+</application>. You can edit the line above further to load only the GtkModules that you require to support the user base. For example:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>If you need to use the <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>, include <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</literal>.</para>
+<para>
+If you need to use the <application>
+Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>, include
+<literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge
+</literal>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>If you need to use a pointing device without buttons or switches,
-include <literal>gail</literal>, <literal>atk-bridge</literal>, and <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>. </para>
+<para>
+If you need to use a pointing device without buttons or switches, include <literal>gail</literal>, <literal>atk-bridge</literal> and
+<literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>If you use pointing devices with switches, alternative physical
-keyboards, or switch and button devices, include <literal>keymouselistener</literal>.</para>
+<para>
+If you use pointing devices with switches, alternative physical keyboards, or switch and button devices, include <literal>keymouselistener</literal>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para><application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> can operate
-without <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</literal> but with
-a reduced feature set. </para>
+<para>
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> can operate without <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</literal> but with a reduced feature set.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>For optimum accessibility, include <literal>gail</literal> and <literal>atk-bridge</literal>.</para>
+<para>
+For optimum accessibility, include
+<literal>gail</literal> and
+<literal>atk-bridge</literal>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Save the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file.</para>
+<para>
+Save the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>If you make any changes to the <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file after you enable GDM, you can execute the following command
-to restart GDM and activate the changes:</para>
+<para>
+If you make any changes to the
+<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf</filename> file after you enable GDM, you can execute the following command to restart GDM and activate the changes:
+</para>
<para>
<command>gdm-restart</command>
</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Edit the file <filename>/etc/group</filename> and append the
-following to the <literal>audio</literal> line:</para>
+<para>
+Edit the file
+<filename>/etc/group</filename> and append the
+following to the <literal>audio</literal> line:
+</para>
<para>
<literal>,gdm</literal>
</para>
-<para>This step ensures that speech works with GDM.</para>
+<para>
+This step ensures that speech works with GDM.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Restart your system.</para>
+<para>
+Restart your system.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="sysadmin-29">
-<title>To Start Assistive Technologies at Login</title>
+<title>Starting Assistive Technologies at Login</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>gestures</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>If you load the <literal>keymouselistener</literal> and <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModules
-in the GDM configuration file, you can assign user actions to launch specific
-assistive technologies at login time. These user actions are called gestures.
-The gesture associations are contained in the following GDM configuration
-files: </para>
+<para>
+If you load the <literal>keymouselistener</literal> and
+<literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModules in the GDM configuration file, you can assign user actions to launch specific assistive technologies at login time. These user actions are called gestures. The gesture associations are contained in the following
+GDM configuration files:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
-<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename>
+<filename>
+/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessKeyMouseEvents
+</filename>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
-<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessDwellMouseEvents</filename>
+<filename>
+/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessDwellMouseEvents
+</filename>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
-<para>If you modify these files, you must restart your system before
-the changes take effect.</para>
+<para>
+If you modify these files, you must restart your system before the changes take effect.
+</para>
</note>
-<para>The following sections contain examples of the gestures that you can
-add to the GDM configuration files.</para>
+<para>
+The following sections contain examples of the gestures that you can add to the GDM configuration files.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>The gestures must be contained in a single line in the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file without line breaks. The formatting of
-this guide might display the examples in the following sections over two lines. </para>
+<para>
+The gestures must be contained in a single line in the
+<filename>
+AccessKeyMouseEvents
+</filename>
+file without line breaks. The formatting of
+this guide might display the examples in the following sections across multiple lines.
+</para>
</note>
+
<section id="sysadmin-30">
-<title>To Start Screen Reader Using a Keyboard Shortcut</title>
-<para>Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate
-keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following
-line enables you to press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
-for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>
-in speech and Braille mode:</para>
+<title>Starting the Screen Reader Using a Keyboard
+Shortcut</title>
<para>
-<literal><Control>s 1 1000 10000 srcore --login --disable-magnifier
---enable-speech --enable-braille</literal>
+Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following line enables
+you to press and hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>
+for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> in speech and Braille mode:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literal>
+<Control>s 1 1000 10000 srcore --login
+--disable-magnifier --enable-speech --enable-braille
+</literal>
</para>
</section>
+
<section id="sysadmin-41">
-<title>To Start Magnifier Using a Keyboard Shortcut</title>
-<para>Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate
-keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following
-line enables you to press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>
-for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>
-in magnifier mode:</para>
+<title>Starting Magnifier Using a Keyboard Shortcut
+</title>
+<para>
+Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate keyboard shortcuts with assistive technologies. For example, the following line enables you to press and hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> for one second to start <application>Screen Reader and
+Magnifier</application> in magnifier mode:
+</para>
<para>
<literal><Control>m 1 1000 10000 srcore --login --enable-magnifier
--disable-speech</literal>
</para>
</section>
+
<section id="sysadmin-31">
-<title>To Start On-Screen Keyboard Using a Switch or Button Gesture</title>
-<para>Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate
-switch, key, or button gestures with assistive technologies. Since the primary
-input device for many <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> users
-is a switch or button, this is a good way to enable users to start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> at login time. </para>
-<para>If there is a tendency for a user to start an application unintentionally,
-you can associate the gestures with multiple switch presses or minimum durations.
-For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
-in inverse scanning mode when the user presses the switch that is defined
-as Switch 2 three times within two seconds, for a minimum of 100 milliseconds
-for each press:</para>
+<title>Starting On-Screen Keyboard Using a Switch or Button Gesture</title>
+<para>
+Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate switch, key, or button gestures with assistive technologies. Since the primary input device for many <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+users is a switch or button, this is a good way to enable users to start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> at login time.
+</para>
+<para>
+If there is a tendency for a user to start an
+application unintentionally, you can associate the gestures with multiple switch presses or minimum durations. For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in inverse scanning mode when the user presses the
+switch that is defined as Switch 2 three times within two seconds, for a minimum of 100 milliseconds for each press:
+</para>
<para>
<literal><Switch2>3 100 2000 gok --login --accessmethod=inversescanning
--scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch2</literal>
</para>
-<para>Users who use single switches may prefer to start <application>On-Screen
-Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode. The following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode when the user
-presses the switch on an alternative access device for more than four seconds:</para>
+<para>
+Users who use single switches may prefer to start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode. The following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode when the user presses the switch on an alternative access device for more than four seconds:
+</para>
<para>
<literal><Switch>1 4000 5000 gok --login --accessmethod=automaticscanning
--scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch1</literal>
</para>
-<para>For information about the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
-operating modes, see the online Help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>.</para>
+<para>
+For information about the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> operating modes, see the online help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="sysadmin-32">
-<title>To Start On-Screen Keyboard Using a Motion-only Gesture</title>
-<para>You can define gestures that involve only the motion of a pointing device
-such as a mouse, or an alternative pointing device, such as a head pointer
-or trackball. The syntax of the gesture does not change depending on whether
-you are using a mouse or an alternative pointing device. Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate motion gestures with assistive
-technologies.</para>
-<para>If the <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModule is loaded, alternative
-pointing devices are temporarily latched to the core pointer. This means that
-if the user moves the alternative pointing device, the onscreen pointer moves.</para>
-<para>For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in dwell mode when the user moves the onscreen pointer from
-inside the login dialog through the top edge, back into the dialog through
-the top edge, out of the dialog through the left edge, back into the dialog
-through the left edge, and similarly through the bottom and right edges of
-the dialog in a cross pattern:</para>
+<title>Starting On-Screen Keyboard Using a Motion-Only Gesture</title>
+<para>
+You can define gestures that involve only the motion of a pointing device such as a mouse, or an alternative pointing device, such as a head pointer or trackball. The syntax of the gesture does not change depending on whether you are using a mouse or an alternative pointing device. Edit the
+<filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename>
+file to associate motion gestures with assistive technologies.
+</para>
+<para>
+If the <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModule is loaded, alternative pointing devices are temporarily latched to the core pointer. This means that if the user moves the alternative pointing device, the onscreen
+pointer moves.
+</para>
+<para>
+For example, the following line starts
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in dwell mode when the user moves the on-screen pointer from inside the login dialog through the top edge, back into the dialog through the top edge, out of the dialog
+through the left edge, back into the dialog through the left edge, and similarly through the bottom and right edges of the dialog in a cross pattern:
+</para>
<para>
<literal>TTLLBBRR O 10000 gok --login --access-method=dwellselection
--input-device=MOUSE[3]</literal>
</para>
-<para>Note that the <literal>--input-device</literal> parameter specified
-in the gesture must match the name of the extended user input device, such
-as a head pointer or trackball, as specified in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.</para>
+<para>
+Note that the <literal>--input-device</literal> parameter specified in the gesture must match the name of the extended user input device, such as a head pointer or trackball, as specified in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.
+</para>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="sysadmin-33">
<title>Additional Requirements for Accessible Login</title>
-<para>To enable the Accessible Login feature to use alternative pointing devices
-and switch devices such as sip-and-puff switches, wheelchair-mounted switches,
-or trackballs, you might need to modify your X server system configuration
-to recognize these devices. You can use most devices that emulate mouse buttons
-with the Accessible Login feature and <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>,
-including USB single switches and mouse-like pointing devices.</para>
+<para>
+To enable the Accessible Login feature to use
+alternative pointing devices and switch devices such as sip-and-puff switches, wheelchair-mounted switches or trackballs, you might need to modify your X server
+system configuration to recognize these devices. You can use most devices that emulate mouse buttons with the Accessible Login feature and <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>, including USB single switches and mouse-like pointing devices.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>You should not configure an alternative input device to control
-the primary onscreen pointer. This might result in undesirable behavior or
-cause situations from which the user of the alternate input device cannot
-recover without using the primary keyboard or mouse. To prevent this problem,
-please remove any occurrences of the attributes <literal>SendCore</literal>
-or <literal>AlwaysCore</literal> from any of <literal>InputDevice</literal>
-lines in the X Server configuration file.</para>
+<para>
+You should not configure an alternative input device to control the primary on-screen pointer. This might result in undesirable behavior or cause situations from which
+the user of the alternate input device cannot recover without using the primary keyboard or mouse. To prevent this problem, remove any occurrences of the attributes
+<literal>SendCore</literal> or <literal>AlwaysCore</literal> from any of the
+<literal>InputDevice</literal> lines in the X Server configuration file.
+</para>
</note>
</section>
</section>
-
-
<section id="keynav-0">
<title>Keyboard Desktop Navigation</title>
-<para>This section describes how to navigate the GNOME
-Desktop from the keyboard only. Users
-who have difficulty using a mouse or other pointing device can navigate and
-use the desktop from the keyboard.</para>
+<para>
+This section describes how to navigate the GNOME Desktop from the keyboard only. Users who have difficulty using a mouse or other pointing device can navigate and use the desktop from the keyboard.
+</para>
+
<section id="keynav-1">
<title>Introduction to Keyboard Navigation</title>
-<para>This section describes the essential keyboard shortcuts to enable you
-to navigate the desktop from the keyboard. </para>
-<para>You can customize some of the keyboard shortcuts that are described
-in this chapter. The text indicates the shortcuts that you can customize.
-See <xref linkend="keynav-36"/> for information about how to customize keyboard
-shortcuts. </para>
+<para>
+This section describes the essential keyboard shortcuts to enable you to navigate the desktop from the keyboard.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize some of the keyboard shortcuts that are described in this chapter. The text indicates the shortcuts that you can customize. See <xref linkend="keynav-36"/> for information about how to customize keyboard shortcuts.
+</para>
+
<section id="keynav-2">
<title>Essential Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
<indexterm>
@@ -266,10 +352,10 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>caret navigation mode</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use to navigate the desktop. The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate
-specific elements and controls are described in the appropriate sections of
-this chapter.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the desktop. The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate specific elements and controls are described in the
+appropriate sections of this chapter.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -292,30 +378,39 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next element or control.</para>
+<para>
+Give focus to the next element or control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Reverse the navigation direction and give focus to the previous element or
-control. In general, the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key reverses the navigation
-direction.</para>
+<para>
+Reverse the navigation direction and give focus to the previous element or control. In general, the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key reverses the navigation direction.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab
+</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the next element or control, if the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key has
-a specific purpose in a control. For example, if you press <keycap>Tab</keycap>
-in a text box, the system inserts a tab space.</para>
-<para>To give focus to
-the previous element or control, press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
+<para>
+Give focus to the next element or control if the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key has a specific purpose in a control. For example, if you press <keycap>Tab</keycap> in a text box, the system inserts a tab space.
+</para>
+<para>
+To give focus to the previous element or control, press
+<keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -323,8 +418,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Navigate within an element or
-control.</para>
+<para>
+Navigate within an element or control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -334,9 +430,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Activate the element or control
-that has focus. For example, if the current control is a button, this action
-is the equivalent of clicking on the button with a mouse.</para>
+<para>
+Activate the element or control that has focus. For example, if the current control is a button, this action is the equivalent of clicking on the button with a mouse.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -356,23 +452,26 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Switch to caret navigation mode. Caret navigation
-mode enables you to use the keyboard to select text. For more information
-about caret navigation mode, see <xref linkend="keynav-52"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Switch to caret navigation mode. Caret navigation mode enables you to use the keyboard to select text. For more information about caret navigation mode, see
+<xref linkend="keynav-52"/>.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-3">
<title>Global Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>global</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use from any part of the GNOME Desktop. </para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use from any part of the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -390,20 +489,34 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open the <guimenu>Main Applications Menu</guimenu>.</para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Open the <guimenu>Main Applications Menu</guimenu>.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the <guilabel>Run Application </guilabel>dialog.</para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -413,20 +526,27 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Start the screenshot application
-and take a screenshot of the entire screen. </para>
-<para>You can customize
-this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Start the screenshot application and take a screenshot of the entire screen.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>
+Print Screen</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Start the screenshot application and take a screenshot of the window that
-currently has focus.</para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Start the screenshot application and take a screenshot of the window that currently has focus.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -436,28 +556,34 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>If the focused element is an
-application window or dialog, this keyboard shortcut opens the Help for the
-application.</para>
+<para>
+If the focused element is an application window or dialog, this keyboard shortcut opens the Help for the application.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>If
-the focused element is a panel or application window, this keyboard shortcut
-switches the display of tooltips for the window or panel objects on and off.</para>
+<para>
+If the focused element is a panel or application window, this keyboard shortcut switches the display of tooltips for the window or panel objects on and off.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10
+</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-a popup menu for the element that has focus, if a popup menu exists.</para>
+<para>
+Open a popup menu for the element that has focus (if a popup menu exists).
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -465,18 +591,17 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-4">
<title>Navigating the Desktop Background</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for desktop background</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The desktop background is the part of the GNOME
-Desktop where there are no interface
-items or applications, such as panels and windows. The following table lists
-the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the desktop background
-and the desktop background objects. A desktop background object is an icon
-on the desktop background that you can use to open files, folders, or applications. </para>
+<para>
+The desktop background is the part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no interface items or applications, such as panels and windows. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
+navigate the desktop background and the desktop background objects. A desktop background object is an icon on the desktop background that you can use to open files, folders, or applications.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -494,26 +619,40 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt
+</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Temporarily hide all windows
-and give focus to the desktop background.</para>
-<para>To restore the windows,
-press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> again.</para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Temporarily hides all windows and gives focus to the desktop background.
+</para>
+<para>
+To restore the windows, press <keycombo><keycap>
+Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap>
+</keycombo> again.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para>
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt
+</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Display a popup window with icons that represent the desktop
-background and the panels. Press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch the focus between
-the desktop background and the panels. </para>
-<para>You can customize this
-keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Display a popup window with icons that represent the desktop background and the panels. Press and hold
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch the focus between the desktop background and the panels.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
@@ -523,9 +662,11 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>When the desktop background or
-a desktop background object has focus, give focus to the next desktop background
-object in alphabetical order.</para>
+<para>
+When the desktop background or a desktop background
+object has focus, give focus to the next desktop
+background object in alphabetical order.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
<row>
@@ -533,20 +674,22 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>When the desktop background or
-a desktop background object has focus, give focus to a neighboring desktop
-background object.</para>
+<para>
+When the desktop background or a desktop background object has focus, gives focus to a neighboring desktop background object.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para>A sequence of characters
-that matches the first n characters of a desktop background object name.</para>
+<para>
+A sequence of characters that matches the first <replaceable>n</replaceable>
+characters of a desktop background object name.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>When the desktop background has
-focus, give focus to the desktop background object whose name starts with
-the specified sequence of characters.</para>
+<para>
+When the desktop background has focus, gives focus to the desktop background object whose name starts with the specified sequence of characters.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -556,43 +699,48 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Rename the desktop background
-object that has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Rename the desktop background object that has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>
+F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the popup menu for the desktop background object that has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Open the popup menu for the desktop background object that has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the <guimenu>Desktop Background</guimenu> menu.</para>
+<para>
+Open the <guimenu>Desktop Background</guimenu> menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-5">
<title>Navigating Panels</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for panels</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A panel is an area from which you can run special programs,
-applications, and panel applications. The most common panel is the panel that
-stretches the full width of the bottom edge of the desktop. The following
-table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate panels and
-panel objects.</para>
+<para>
+A panel is an area from which you can run special programs, applications, and panel applications. The most common panel is the panel that stretches the full width of the bottom edge of the desktop. The following
+table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate panels and panel objects.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -610,14 +758,18 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus
-to a panel. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with icons that
-represent the desktop background, panels, and drawers. Press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap>
-to switch the focus between the desktop background, panels, and drawers. </para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to a panel. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with icons that represent the desktop background, panels, and drawers. Press and hold
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to switch the focus between the desktop background, panels, and drawers.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -627,8 +779,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next object
-on the panel.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next object on the panel.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -638,8 +791,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu when the Menu Panel has focus. Continue to press <keycap>F10</keycap> to switch focus between the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu
-and the window list.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu when the Menu Panel has focus. Continue to press <keycap>F10</keycap> to switch focus between the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and the window list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -649,56 +803,70 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Activate a panel object, for
-example, open a menu or start a launcher.</para>
+<para>
+Activates a panel object, for example, open a menu or start a launcher.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10
+</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the panel object popup menu.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the panel object popup menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F10
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the panel popup menu.</para>
+<para>
+Open the panel popup menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
+
<section id="keynav-6">
-<title>To Move a Panel Object</title>
+<title>Moving Panel Objects</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>to move a panel
object</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>You can move a focused panel object to
-a different location on a panel or drawer, or you can move the object to the
-next panel. To move a panel object, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+You can move a focused panel object to a different location on a panel or drawer, or you can move the object to the next panel. To move a panel object, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to give focus to the object.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to give focus to the object.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> to open
-the panel object popup menu.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10
+</keycap></keycombo> to open the panel object popup menu.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the arrow keys to select the <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>
-menu item.</para>
+<para>
+Use the arrow keys to select the <guimenuitem>
+Move</guimenuitem> menu item.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following
-table to perform the move operation.</para>
+<para>
+Use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to perform the move operation.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -719,8 +887,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Move the object left and right on a horizontal panel or up and down on a vertical
-panel.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the object left and right on a horizontal panel or up and down on a vertical panel.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -729,18 +898,20 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move
-the object and push any objects that you encounter in front of the object.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the object and pushes any objects that you encounter in front of the object.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> +
-arrow keys</para>
+<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move
-the object and swap position with any objects that you encounter in the move.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the object and swaps positions with any objects that you encounter in the move.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -750,7 +921,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the object to the next panel.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the object to the next panel.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -760,7 +933,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Complete the move operation.</para>
+<para>Completes the move operation.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -768,8 +941,9 @@
</informaltable>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>The following examples demonstrate the effect of different move operations
-on the objects in a panel.</para>
+<para>
+The following examples demonstrate the effect of different move operations on the objects in a panel.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
@@ -790,17 +964,22 @@
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_before.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata
+fileref="figures/move_object_before.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon.</phrase>
+<phrase>
+Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Shows a panel with three panel
-objects before a move operation takes place.</para>
+<para>
+Shows a panel with three panel objects before a move operation takes place.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -808,19 +987,22 @@
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_arrows.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_arrows.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon. </phrase>
+<phrase>
+Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Shows the effect
-of using the arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel
-application on the panel. You can use the arrow keys to move the panel application
-left or right until you meet the next panel object.</para>
+<para>
+Shows the effect of using the arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the arrow keys to move the panel application left or right until you meet the next panel
+object.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -828,19 +1010,23 @@
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_push.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_push.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon.</phrase>
+<phrase>
+Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: geyes icon, Volume Control icon, and Help icon.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Shows the effect
-of using using <keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to push the <application>Volume Control</application>
-and <application>Help</application> panel objects ahead of the object that
-you are moving.</para>
+<para>
+Shows the effect of using using <keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the
+<keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to push the <application>Volume Control</application>
+and <application>Help</application> panel objects ahead of the object that you are moving.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -848,38 +1034,44 @@
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_jump.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_jump.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: Volume Control icon, Help icon, and geyes icon.</phrase>
+<phrase>
+Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: Volume Control icon, Help icon, and geyes icon.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Shows the effect
-of using <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to swap position with the <application>Volume Control</application> and <application>Help</application> panel objects as you meet
-the objects.</para>
+<para>
+Shows the effect of using <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel
+application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to swap positions with the <application>Volume Control</application> and <application>Help</application> panel objects as you meet the objects.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<note>
-<para>Panel applications that are <guilabel>Locked</guilabel> cannot be moved. To unlock a panel application, use the <guimenu>panel object</guimenu> menu and unselect <guimenuitem>Lock to Panel</guimenuitem>.</para>
+<para>
+Panel applications that are <guilabel>Locked</guilabel> cannot be moved. To unlock a panel application, use the <guimenu>panel object</guimenu> menu and unselect <guimenuitem>Lock to Panel</guimenuitem>.
+</para>
</note>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-7">
-<title>To Navigate Drawers</title>
+<title>Navigating Drawers</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for drawers</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A drawer is a collapsible extension of a panel. The following
-table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate into and out
-of drawers. When you open a drawer, you can navigate the contents of the drawer
-in the same way as you navigate a panel. See <xref linkend="keynav-5"/> for
-information about how to navigate a panel.</para>
+<para>
+A drawer is a collapsible extension of a panel. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate into and out of drawers. When you open a drawer, you can navigate the contents of the drawer in the same way as you navigate a panel. See
+<xref linkend="keynav-5"/> for information about how to navigate a panel.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -902,7 +1094,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open or close the drawer that has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Opens or closes the drawer that has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -910,8 +1104,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Navigate into the drawer that
-has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Navigates into the drawer that has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -921,31 +1116,37 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close the drawer and give focus
-to the drawer object on the panel.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the drawer and gives focus to the drawer object on the panel.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Esc
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the drawer object on the panel and leave the drawer open.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the drawer object on the panel and leaves
+the drawer open.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-8">
-<title>To Navigate Menus on Panels</title>
+<title>Navigating Panel Menus</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for menus on panels</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts
-that you can use to navigate menus on panels.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate menus on panels.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -968,7 +1169,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open the menu that has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the menu that has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -976,7 +1179,7 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Navigate the menu.</para>
+<para>Navigates the menu.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -986,7 +1189,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select a menu item.</para>
+<para>Selects a menu item.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -994,8 +1197,9 @@
<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the popup menu associated with a menu item, if one exists.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the popup menu associated with a menu item (if one exists).
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1005,25 +1209,24 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close a menu.</para>
+<para>Closes a menu.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-9">
-<title>To Navigate Panel Applications</title>
+<title>Navigating Panel Applications</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for panel applications</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A panel application is a small application that
-resides on a panel. You can navigate to all panel applications and open the
-panel application popup menu from the keyboard. However, if the panel application
-does not contain controls that you can give focus to, you cannot navigate
-the controls in the panel application. The following table lists the keyboard
-shortcuts that you can use to navigate panel applications. </para>
+<para>
+A panel application is a small application that resides on a panel. You can navigate to all panel applications and open the panel application popup menu from the keyboard. However, if the panel application does not contain controls that you can give focus to,
+you cannot navigate the controls in the panel application. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate panel applications.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1046,10 +1249,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Activate the panel application control that has focus,
-if applicable. Not all panel applications contain controls that you can activate.
-If the panel application does not contain a control that you can activate,
-the <keycap>spacebar</keycap> does nothing. </para>
+<para>
+Activates the panel application control that has focus, if applicable. Not all panel applications contain controls that you can activate. If the panel application does not contain a control that you can activate,
+the <keycap>spacebar</keycap> does nothing.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1057,19 +1260,21 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Navigate the controls on the
-panel application.</para>
+<para>
+Navigates the controls on the panel application.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open
-the panel application popup menu. To navigate the menu, use the standard keyboard
-shortcuts for navigating menus. See <xref linkend="keynav-24"/> for information
-about how to navigate menus.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the panel application popup menu. To navigate the menu, use the standard keyboard shortcuts for navigating menus. See <xref linkend="keynav-24"/> for information
+about how to navigate menus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1077,17 +1282,18 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-10">
-<title>Navigating Your Workspaces</title>
+<title>Navigating Workspaces</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for workspaces</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A workspace is a discrete area in which you
-can work. You can have many workspaces on your desktop and you can switch
-from one workspace to another. Each workspace can contain different windows
-and processes. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can
-use to navigate workspaces.</para>
+<para>
+A workspace is a discrete area in which you
+can work. You can have many workspaces on your desktop and you can switch from one workspace to another. Each workspace can
+contain different windows and processes. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate workspaces.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1105,53 +1311,63 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo>
-+ arrow keys</para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> + arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next
-or previous workspace. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with
-icons that represent the workspaces. Press and hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press the arrow keys to switch the focus between
-the workspaces. </para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next or previous workspace. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with icons that represent the workspaces. Press and hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press the arrow keys to switch the focus between the workspaces.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> + arrow keys</para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
+</keycombo> + arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the window that has focus to the next or previous workspace.</para>
-<para>You can customize this keyboard shortcut.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the window that has focus to the next or previous workspace.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can customize this keyboard shortcut.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-11">
<title>Navigating Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for windows</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following sections describe the keyboard shortcuts that
-you can use to navigate windows. A window is a rectangular frame on your screen
-that displays an application.</para>
+<para>
+The following sections describe the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate windows. A window is a rectangular frame on your screen that displays an application.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>You can customize all of the keyboard shortcuts that are associated
-with navigating windows. See <xref linkend="keynav-10"/> for more information.</para>
+<para>
+You can customize all of the keyboard shortcuts that are associated with navigating windows. See <xref linkend="keynav-10"/> for more information.
+</para>
</note>
+
<section id="keynav-12">
-<title>To Give Focus to a Window</title>
+<title>Giving Focus to Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>to give focus to
a window</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>Before you can use or modify a window,
-you must give focus to the window. The following table lists the keyboard
-shortcuts that you can use to give focus to a window.</para>
+<para>
+Before you can use or modify a window, you must give focus to the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to give focus to a window.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1169,36 +1385,41 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Display a popup window with icons that represent
-each window. Press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move through the windows until you reach the window to which
-you want to give focus.</para>
+<para>
+Displays a popup window with icons that represent each window. Press and hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move through the windows until you reach the window you want to have focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Raise
-each window in turn until you reach the window to which you want to give focus.</para>
+<para>
+Raises each window in turn until you reach the window to which you want to give focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-13">
-<title>To Control a Window</title>
+<title>Controlling Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>to control a window</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>When a window has focus, you can perform various
-actions on the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that
-you can use to control the window that has focus.</para>
+<para>
+When a window has focus, you can perform various actions on the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that
+you can use to control the window that has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1216,19 +1437,24 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>spacebar</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>
+spacebar</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> Menu.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the <guimenu>Window</guimenu> Menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close
-the window.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the window.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1237,43 +1463,51 @@
<emphasis>Solaris:</emphasis>
<keycap>Open</keycap>
</para>
-<para><emphasis>Linux:</emphasis><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><emphasis>Linux:</emphasis><keycombo><keycap>
+Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Minimize the window.</para>
+<para>
+Minimizes the window.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Maximize
-the window.</para>
+<para>
+Maximizes the window.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Restore
-a maximized window to the original size of the window.</para>
+<para>
+Restores a maximized window to the original size of the window.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-14">
-<title>To Move a Window</title>
+<title>Moving Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>to move a window</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>When a window has focus, you can move the window
-around the screen. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use to move a window.</para>
+<para>
+When a window has focus, you can move the window around the screen. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to move a window.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1291,11 +1525,13 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Start the move operation. The mouse pointer changes
-to a cross. </para>
+<para>
+Starts the move operation. The mouse pointer changes to a cross.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1303,8 +1539,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the window 10 pixels at
-a time in the direction of the arrow key.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the window 10 pixels at a time in the direction of the arrow key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1313,19 +1550,20 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move
-the window one pixel at a time in the direction of the arrow key.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the window one pixel at a time in the direction of the arrow key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycap>Shift</keycap> +
-arrow keys</para>
+<para><keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move
-the window in the direction of the arrow key to align it with the edge of
-the nearest window, panel, or screen edge.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the window in the direction of the arrow key to align it with the edge of the nearest window, panel or screen edge.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1335,8 +1573,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Complete the move operation and
-leave the window in the current position.</para>
+<para>
+Completes the move operation and leaves the window in the current position.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1346,23 +1585,27 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Cancel the move operation and
-restore the window to the original position.</para>
+<para>
+Cancels the move operation and restores the window to the original position.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-15">
-<title>To Resize a Window</title>
+<title>Resizing Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>to resize a window</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>When a window has focus, you can increase or
+<para>
+When a window has focus, you can increase or
decrease the size of the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts
-that you can use to resize the window that has focus.</para>
+that you can use to resize the window that has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1380,10 +1623,11 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Start the resize operation.</para>
+<para>Starts the resize operation.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1391,8 +1635,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Resize the window in the direction
-of the arrow keys.</para>
+<para>
+Resizes the window in the direction of the arrow key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1402,8 +1647,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Complete the resize operation
-and leave the window at the current size.</para>
+<para>
+Completes the resize operation and leaves the window at the current size.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1413,25 +1659,29 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Cancel the resize operation and
-restore the window to the original size.</para>
+<para>
+Cancels the resize operation and restores the window to the original size.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-16">
-<title>To Navigate Paned Windows</title>
+<title>Navigating Paned Windows</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for paned windows</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A paned window is a window that is split into
-two or more panes. The Help browser is an example of an application
-that uses paned windows. </para>
-<para>The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use
-to navigate windows with panes.</para>
+<para>
+A paned window is a window that is split into
+two or more panes. <application>Help Browser</application> is an example of an application that uses paned windows.
+</para>
+<para>
+The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate paned/split windows.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1454,8 +1704,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next pane. The system gives focus to the control that last
-had focus in the pane. </para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next pane. The system gives focus to the control that last had focus in the pane.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1465,17 +1716,17 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the first resize
-handle in the window. The resize handle is displayed between the panes and
-enables you to resize the panes. Press <keycap>F8</keycap> again to give focus
-to the next resize handle.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the first resize handle in the window. The resize handle is displayed between the panes and enables you to resize the panes. Press <keycap>F8</keycap> again to give focus to the next resize handle.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
-<para>When the resize handle has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts
-that are listed in the following table to modify the paned window.</para>
+<para>
+When the resize handle has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to modify the paned window.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1496,8 +1747,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the resize handle by a small
-amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the resize handle by a small amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1506,8 +1758,9 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move
-the resize handle by a large amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the resize handle by a large amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1517,9 +1770,15 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Reduce the size of the pane to
-the left of the resize handle for vertical panes, or above the resize handle
-for horizontal panes, to the minimum size allowed. </para>
+<para>
+Contracts the pane to the minimum size allowed.
+</para>
+<para>
+For vertical panes, reduces the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle to the minimum size allowed.
+</para>
+<para>
+For horizontal panes, reduces the size of the pane above the resize handle to the minimum size allowed.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1529,9 +1788,15 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Increase the size of the pane
-to the left of the resize handle for vertical panes, or above the resize handle
-for horizontal panes, to the maximum size allowed. </para>
+<para>
+Expands the pane to the maximum size allowed.
+</para>
+<para>
+For vertical panes, increases the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle to the maximum size allowed.
+</para>
+<para>
+For horizontal panes, increases the size of the pane above the resize handle to the maximum size allowed.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1541,8 +1806,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Set the position of the resize
-handle and return the focus to the last control that had focus.</para>
+<para>
+Sets the position of the resize handle and returns the focus to the last control that had focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1552,9 +1818,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Reset the position of the resize
-handle to the original position and return the focus to the last control that
-had focus.</para>
+<para>
+Resets the position of the resize handle to the original position and returns the focus to the last control that had focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1562,58 +1828,61 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-17">
<title>Navigating Applications</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for applications</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>An application is any program, utility, or other
-software package that you run on your desktop. Applications comprise the following
-standard user interface components: </para>
+<para>
+An application is any program, utility, or other software package that you run on your desktop. Applications contain standard user interface components:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Windows</term>
<listitem>
-<para>A window is a rectangular
-frame on your screen that displays an application. See <xref linkend="keynav-11"/>
-for information about how to navigate windows.</para>
+<para>
+A window is a rectangular frame on your screen that displays an application. See
+<xref linkend="keynav-11"/> for information about how to navigate windows.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Dialogs</term>
<listitem>
-<para>A dialog is a popup window
-in which you enter information or commands. See <xref linkend="keynav-19"/>
-for information about how to navigate dialogs.</para>
+<para>
+A dialog is a popup window which displays
+information or accepts input from the user. See <xref linkend="keynav-19"/> for information about how to navigate dialogs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Controls</term>
<listitem>
-<para>A control is an instrument
-that you use to operate or guide the user interface. For example, buttons,
-check boxes, menus, and text boxes are controls. See <xref linkend="keynav-23"/>
-for detailed information about how to navigate the different types of controls
-that are available.</para>
+<para>
+A control is any user-interactive screen element. Examples of controls include buttons, check boxes, menus, and text boxes. See <xref linkend="keynav-23"/> for detailed information about how to navigate the different types of controls that are available.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-<para>This section of the manual describes the essential keyboard
-shortcuts that you can use to start using applications and dialogs. </para>
+<para>
+This section of the manual describes the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use in applications and dialogs.
+</para>
+
<section id="keynav-18">
-<title>Essential Keyboard Shortcuts for Navigating Applications</title>
+<title>Essential Keyboard Shortcuts for NavigatingApplications</title>
<anchor id="keynav-22"/>
-<para>Since there are many applications that you can use in the GNOME
-Desktop, this manual does not describe
-the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate all of the different applications.
-However, the basic keyboard shortcuts are common to all applications. Access
-keys also provide an efficient way to navigate an application from the keyboard.
-An access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or control.
-In some cases, you must press <keycap>Alt</keycap> in combination with the
-access key to perform an action.</para>
-<para>The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use to navigate applications. </para>
+<para>
+Since there are so many applications that you can use in the GNOME Desktop, this manual does not describe all the custom keyboard shortcuts that you can use with each individual applications. However, the basic keyboard shortcuts are common to all applications.
+</para>
+<para>
+Access keys are another way to quickly navigate applications with the keyboard.
+An access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or control. In some cases, you must press <keycap>Alt</keycap> in combination with the access key to perform an action.
+</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate applications.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1636,7 +1905,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open the first menu on the application menubar.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the first menu on the application menubar.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1645,8 +1916,9 @@
key</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the menu
-that is associated with the access key. </para>
+<para>
+Opens the menu that is associated with the access key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1654,8 +1926,9 @@
<para>access keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the menu item that is
-associated with the access key.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the menu item that is associated with the access key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1664,7 +1937,9 @@
and <keycap>right arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Switch focus between the menus on the menubar.</para>
+<para>
+Switches focus between the menus on the menubar.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1673,7 +1948,9 @@
and <keycap>down arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move focus into a menu.</para>
+<para>
+Moves focus into a menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1683,47 +1960,59 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close the open menus and give
-focus to the control that had focus before the menubar.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the open menu and gives focus to the control that had focus before the menubar.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Open the file selector dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the file selector dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Open the Save dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the Save dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Open a Location dialog to enable you to type
-the name of the file that you want to open or save.</para>
+<para>
+Opens a Location dialog to enable you to type
+the name of the file that you want to open or save.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-19">
<title>Essential Keyboard Shortcuts for Navigating Dialogs</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for dialogs</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts
-that you can use to navigate dialogs. </para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the essential keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate dialogs.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1741,10 +2030,13 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>access key</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>access key</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Activate or select a control.</para>
+<para>
+Activates or selects a control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1754,23 +2046,32 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next control.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>If a tab name has focus, move to the next tabbed section of the dialog.</para>
+<para>
+<-- standard control name ... -->
+If a notebook header/tabstrip has focus, moves to the next page/tabbed section of the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>When a tab name has focus, move to the previous tabbed section of the dialog.</para>
+<para>
+If a notebook header/tabstrip has focus, moves to the previous page/tabbed section of the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1780,7 +2081,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close the dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1790,9 +2093,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Perform the default action for
-the dialog. The default action is usually to apply the changes and close the
-dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Performs the default action for the dialog. The default action will usually apply any changes and close the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1800,20 +2103,30 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-20">
<title>Navigating the File Manager</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for file manager</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>By default, the file manager operates in <guilabel>Spatial</guilabel> mode. This mode uses separate windows for each folder. A separate mode, called <guilabel>Browser</guilabel> mode, exists that uses the same window for each folder.</para>
+<para>
+By default, the file manager operates in
+<guilabel>Spatial</guilabel> mode. This mode uses separate windows for each folder. Another mode, called <guilabel>Browser</guilabel> mode, reuses the same window for each folder.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>For more information about different modes for the file manager, see <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?nautilus-presentation">the user guide</ulink>.</para>
+<para>
+For more information about different modes for the file manager, see <ulink
+url="ghelp:user-guide?nautilus-presentation">
+the user guide</ulink>.
+</para>
</note>
+
<section id="keynav-spatial">
-<title>To Navigate a Folder</title>
-<para>The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you to navigate folders in
-the file manager.</para>
+<title>Navigating Folders</title>
+<para>
+The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you to navigate folders in the file manager.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1834,7 +2147,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select the next or previous file or folder in the direction of the arrow key.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next or previous file or folder in the direction of the arrow key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1843,8 +2158,9 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the next or previous file or folder but do not select the item. This allows multiple files to be selected.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next or previous file or folder but does not select the item. This allows multiple files to be selected.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1854,7 +2170,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the focused file or folder.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the focused file or folder.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1863,17 +2181,21 @@
<keycap>spacebar</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the item that currently has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the item that currently has focus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para>A sequence of characters
-that matches the first <replaceable>n</replaceable> characters of a filename.</para>
+<para>
+A sequence of characters that matches the first <replaceable>n</replaceable> characters of a filename.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the first file or folder that starts with the specified sequence of
-characters.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the first file or folder that starts with the specified sequence of characters.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1883,7 +2205,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the first file or folder within the current folder.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the first file or folder within the current folder.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1893,7 +2217,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the last file or folder within the current folder.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the last file or folder within the current folder.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1903,21 +2229,26 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the current folder's parent folder.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the current folder's parent folder.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-navigational">
-<title>To Navigate Browser Window Components</title>
+<title>Navigating Browser Window Components</title>
<anchor id="keynav-21"/>
-<para>When operating in browser mode, the file manager window contains several components
-and there are different keyboard shortcuts defined to navigate each component. </para>
-
-<para>The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you
-to navigate between the components.</para>
+<para>
+When operating in <guilabel>Browser</guilabel> mode, the file manager window
+contains several components, with keyboard shortcuts defined to navigate each component.
+</para>
+<para>
+The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that enable you to navigate between the components.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1940,16 +2271,20 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Switch focus between the side
-pane and the view pane.</para>
+<para>
+Switches focus between the side pane and the view pane.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Open the side pane popup menu.</para>
+<para>
+Opens the side pane popup menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1957,8 +2292,10 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-52">
-<title>Navigating Help Content in Caret Navigation Mode</title>
+<title>Navigating Help Content in Caret Navigation Mode
+</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for Help content</secondary>
@@ -1966,10 +2303,10 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>caret navigation mode</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table describes how to navigate HTML-based
-help content in caret navigation mode in the <application>Yelp</application>
-help browser. Caret navigation is a mode of operation in an application which
-enables you to use the keyboard to select text.</para>
+<para>
+The following table describes how to navigate HTML-based help content in caret navigation mode in the <application>Yelp</application>
+help browser. Caret navigation is a mode of operation in an application which enables you to use the keyboard to navigate and select text.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -1992,7 +2329,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Switch to caret navigation mode. </para>
+<para>
+Switches to caret navigation mode.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2000,7 +2339,9 @@
<para>left arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move one character to the left.</para>
+<para>
+Moves one character to the left.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2008,7 +2349,9 @@
<para>right arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move one character to the right.</para>
+<para>
+Moves one character to the right.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2016,7 +2359,9 @@
<para>up arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move up one line.</para>
+<para>
+Moves up one line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2024,7 +2369,9 @@
<para>down arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move down one line.</para>
+<para>
+Moves down one line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2032,7 +2379,9 @@
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + left arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move to the beginning of the previous word.</para>
+<para>
+Moves to the beginning of the previous word.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2040,7 +2389,9 @@
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + right arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move to the end of the next word.</para>
+<para>
+Moves to the end of the next word.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2050,7 +2401,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Scroll up one page of content.</para>
+<para>
+Scrolls up one page of content.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2060,7 +2413,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Scroll down one page of content.</para>
+<para>
+Scrolls down one page of content.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2070,7 +2425,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move to the beginning of the current line.</para>
+<para>
+Moves to the beginning of the current line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2080,7 +2437,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move to the end of the current line.</para>
+<para>
+Moves to the end of the current line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2088,8 +2447,9 @@
<para><keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move from the current
-position to the destination position and select all text between the two positions.</para>
+<para>
+Moves from the current position to the destination position, selecting all text between the two positions.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2099,16 +2459,20 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move focus to the next focusable control.</para>
+<para>
+Moves focus to the next focusable control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Move focus to the
-previous focusable control.</para>
+<para>
+Moves focus to the previous focusable control.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2118,25 +2482,31 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Activate a button or submit a form.</para>
+<para>
+Activates a button or submits a form.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-23">
<title>Navigating Standard Elements and Controls</title>
-<para>The following sections describe how to navigate and use standard user
-interface elements and controls from the keyboard.</para>
+<para>
+The following sections describe how to navigate and use standard user interface elements and controls from the keyboard.
+</para>
+
<section id="keynav-24">
-<title>To Navigate Menus</title>
+<title>Navigating Menus</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for menus</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use to navigate menus.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate menus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2158,8 +2528,9 @@
arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next
-or previous menu item on a menu.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next or previous menu item on a menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2169,11 +2540,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>If the menu item
-that has focus is a submenu, open the submenu and give focus to the first
-menu item on the submenu.</para>
-<para>If the menu item that has focus is not
-a submenu, open the next menu on the menubar.</para>
+<para>
+If the menu item that has focus is a submenu, opens the submenu and gives focus to the first menu item on the submenu.
+</para>
+<para>
+If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu, opens the next menu on the menubar.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2183,10 +2555,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>If the menu item
-that has focus is a submenu item, switch the focus back to the submenu.</para>
-<para>If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu item, open the previous menu
-on the menubar.</para>
+<para>
+If the menu item that has focus is a submenu item, switches the focus back to the submenu.
+</para>
+<para>
+If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu item, opens the previous menu on the menubar.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2196,8 +2570,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the focused menu item
-and close the open menus.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the focused menu item and closes the open menus.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2205,8 +2580,9 @@
<para>access key</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the menu item that is
-associated with the access key and close the open menus.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the menu item that is associated with the access key and closes the menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2216,10 +2592,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the focused menu item
-and close the open menus except when the menu item is a check box or radio
-button. If the menu item is a check box or radio button, the menu does not
-close.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the focused menu item and closes the menu except when the menu item is a check box or radio button.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2229,21 +2604,25 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close the open menus.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the menu.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-25">
-<title>To Navigate Buttons</title>
+<title>Navigating Buttons</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for buttons</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A button is a control that you use to start an action. Most
-buttons are rectangular and contain a text label. </para>
+<para>
+A button is a control that you use to start an action. Most buttons are rectangular and contain a text label.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-39">
<title>Sample Button</title>
<screenshot>
@@ -2257,8 +2636,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate buttons.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate buttons.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2281,8 +2661,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Activate the button that has focus. This is the equivalent
-of clicking on the button.</para>
+<para>
+Activates the button that has focus. This is the equivalent of clicking on the button.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2292,8 +2673,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Activate the button that has
-focus or, if no button has focus, perform the default action for the dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Activates the button that has focus or, if no button has focus, performs the default action for the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -2301,19 +2683,22 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
<section id="keynav-26">
-<title>To Navigate Radio Buttons</title>
+
+<title>Navigating Radio Buttons</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for radio buttons</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A radio button is a control that you use to
-select one of several mutually-exclusive options. </para>
+<para>
+A radio button is a control that you use to select one of several mutually-exclusive options.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-40">
<title>Sample Radio Button</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/radio_button.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/radio_button.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Two sample radio buttons.</phrase>
@@ -2321,8 +2706,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate a set of radio buttons.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a set of radio buttons.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2343,28 +2729,32 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select the next or previous radio button and deselect the other radio buttons
-in the group.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next or previous radio button and deselects the other radio buttons in the group.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-27">
-<title>To Navigate Check Boxes</title>
+<title>Navigating Check Boxes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for check boxes</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A check box is a control that you use to select
-or deselect an option.</para>
+<para>
+A check box is a control that you use to select or deselect an option.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-41">
<title>Sample Check Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/check_box.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/check_box.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample check box.</phrase>
@@ -2372,8 +2762,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate a check box.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a check box.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2396,26 +2787,32 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select or deselect the check box.</para>
+<para>
+Selects or deselects the check box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-28">
-<title>To Navigate Text Boxes</title>
+<title>Navigating Text Boxes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for text boxes</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>Text boxes are controls in which you type text.</para>
+<para>
+Text boxes are controls in which you type text.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-42">
<title>Sample Single Line Text Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/text_box.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/text_box.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample text box with one input line.</phrase>
@@ -2423,8 +2820,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate a single line text box.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a single line text box.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2447,7 +2845,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor one character to the left.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor one character to the left.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2457,26 +2857,31 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor one character
-to the right.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor one character to the right.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl
+</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the start of the current word. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>left arrow</keycap> to position
-the cursor at the start of the previous word.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the start of the current word. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>left arrow</keycap> to position the cursor at the start of the previous word.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the end of the current word. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>right arrow</keycap> to position
-the cursor at the end of the next word.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the end of the current word. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>right arrow</keycap> to position the cursor at the end of the next word.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2486,8 +2891,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the start
-of the line.</para>
+<para>
+Position the cursor at the start of the line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2497,59 +2903,75 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the end
-of the line.</para>
+<para>
+Position the cursor at the end of the line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> or <keycap>right arrow</keycap></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> or
+<keycap>right arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select one character at a time to the left or right of
-the cursor.</para>
+<para>
+Selects one character at a time to the left or right of the cursor.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> or <keycap>right arrow</keycap></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow
+</keycap></keycombo> or <keycap>right arrow
+</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select one word at a time to
-the left or right of the cursor.</para>
+<para>
+Selects one word at a time to the left or right of the cursor.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select all text to the left of the cursor.</para>
+<para>
+Selects all text to the left of the cursor.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select
-all text to the right of the cursor.</para>
+<para>
+Selects all text to the right of the cursor.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select all text in the text box.</para>
+<para>
+Selects all text in the text box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
-<para>In addition to the keyboard shortcuts listed in the previous table,
-use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate multi-line text
-boxes.</para>
+<para>
+In addition to the keyboard shortcuts listed in the previous table, use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate multi-line text boxes.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2572,7 +2994,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the top of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> again to position the cursor at the top of the previous view.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the top of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> again to position the cursor at the top of the previous view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2582,152 +3006,197 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the end
-of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> again to position the
-cursor at the end of the previous view.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the end of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap>
+again to position the cursor at the end of the previous view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the start of the current paragraph. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>up arrow</keycap> key to position
-the cursor at the start of the previous paragraph.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the start of the current paragraph. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>up arrow</keycap> key to position the cursor at the start of the previous
+paragraph.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the end of the current paragraph. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>down arrow</keycap> key to
-position the cursor at the end of the next paragraph.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the end of the current paragraph. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>down arrow</keycap> key to position the cursor at the end of the next
+paragraph.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor one view width to the left.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor one view width to the left.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor one view width to the right.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor one view width to the right.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position the cursor at the start of the text box.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the start of the text box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Position
-the cursor at the end of the text box.</para>
+<para>
+Positions the cursor at the end of the text box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the next control on the dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next control on the dialog.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the start of the current view. Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> to extend the
-selection to the start of the previous view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the start of the current view. Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> to extend the selection to the start of the previous view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the end of the current view. Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> to extend the selection
-to the end of the next view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the end of the current view. Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> to extend the selection to the end of the next view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the start of the line.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the start of the line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select
-the text to the end of the line.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the end of the line.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the start of the paragraph, then to
-the start of the previous paragraph.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the start of the paragraph, then to the start of the previous paragraph.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the end of the paragraph, then to the
-end of the next paragraph.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the end of the paragraph, then to the end of the next paragraph.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap>
+</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the start of the text box.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the start of the text box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap>
+</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the text to the end of the text box.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the text to the end of the text box.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-29">
-<title>To Navigate Spin Boxes</title>
+<title>Navigating Spin Boxes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for spin boxes</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A spin box is a control that allows you to type
-a numeric value or select a value from a list of all possible values. </para>
+<para>
+A spin box is a control that allows you to type a numeric value or select a value from a list of all possible values.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-43">
<title>Sample Spin Box</title>
<screenshot>
@@ -2741,10 +3210,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the text box area of
-a spin box are listed in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/>. The following table lists
-the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the up and down arrows
-in the spin box.</para>
+<para>
+The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the text box area of a spin box are listed in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/>. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the up and down arrows in the spin box.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2762,11 +3230,13 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycap>up arrow</keycap> or <keycap>down arrow</keycap></para>
+<para><keycap>up arrow</keycap> or <keycap>down arrow
+</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Increase or decrease the
-value of the spin box by a small amount.</para>
+<para>
+Increases or decreases the value of the spin box by a small amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2775,28 +3245,33 @@
or <keycap>Page Down</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Increase or decrease the value of the spin box by a large amount.</para>
+<para>
+Increases or decreases the value of the spin box by a large amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-30">
-<title>To Navigate Drop-Down Lists</title>
+<title>Navigating Drop-Down Lists</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for drop-down lists</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A drop-down list is a control that you use to
-select one of several available items. The drop-down list contains a button
-that you use to display the available items. </para>
+<para>
+A drop-down list is a control that you use to
+select one of several available items. The drop-down list contains a button that you use to display the available items.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-44">
<title>Sample Drop-Down List</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/dropdown_list_box.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/dropdown_list_box.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample drop-down list.</phrase>
@@ -2804,8 +3279,9 @@
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate a drop-down list.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a drop-down list.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2828,15 +3304,19 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>This key performs one of the following functions:</para>
+<para>
+This key performs one of the following functions:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>If the drop-down list is not open, this key opens the drop-down
-list.</para>
+<para>
+If the drop-down list is not open, this key opens the drop-down list.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>If the drop-down list is open, this key accepts the current
-selection and closes the list. </para>
+<para>
+If the drop-down list is open, this key accepts the current selection and closes the list.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</entry>
@@ -2848,7 +3328,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the previous list item.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the previous list item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2858,7 +3340,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the next list item.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next list item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2868,40 +3352,47 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Close the list without changing
-the selection.</para>
+<para>
+Closes the list without changing the selection.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-31">
-<title>To Navigate Drop-Down Combination Boxes</title>
+<title>Navigating Drop-Down Combination Boxes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for drop-down combination
boxes</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A drop-down combination box is a text box
-with a drop-down list attached. </para>
+<para>
+A drop-down combination box is a text box
+with a drop-down list attached.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-45">
<title>Sample Drop-Down Combination Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/dropdown_combination_box.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata
+fileref="figures/dropdown_combination_box.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Sample drop-down combination box. Contains a text box and an arrow button that you click to display the drop-down list.</phrase>
+<phrase>Sample drop-down combination box.
+Contains a text box and an arrow button that you click to display the drop-down list.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>When the text box has focus, use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed
-in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/> to navigate the text box area. When the text
-box has focus, you can also use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table
-to navigate the drop-down list area.</para>
+<para>
+When the text box has focus, use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/> to navigate the text box area. When the text box has focus,
+you can also use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate the drop-down list area.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2924,8 +3415,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select the previous item from the drop-down list without
-displaying the list.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the previous item from the drop-down list without displaying the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2935,23 +3427,27 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the next item from the
-drop-down list without displaying the list.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next item from the drop-down list without displaying the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> (Solaris only)</para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> (Solaris only)
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Open the drop-down list.</para>
+<para>Opens the drop-down list.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
-<para>When the drop-down list has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts
-that are listed in the following table to navigate the drop-down list.</para>
+<para>
+When the drop-down list has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to navigate the drop-down list.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -2974,7 +3470,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select the previous list item.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the previous list item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2984,7 +3482,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the next list item.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next list item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -2994,8 +3494,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the first item on the
-list.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the first item in the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3005,7 +3506,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the last item on the list.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the last item in the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3015,8 +3518,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the item at the top of
-the current list view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the item at the top of the current list view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3026,8 +3530,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the item at the bottom
-of the current list view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the item at the bottom of the current list view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3037,38 +3542,47 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Accept the current selection
-and close the drop-down list.</para>
+<para>
+Accepts the current selection and closes the drop-down list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Scroll to the left of the list, if required.</para>
+<para>
+Scrolls to the left of the list, if required.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Scroll to the right of the list, if required.</para>
+<para>
+Scrolls to the right of the list, if required.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-32">
-<title>To Navigate Sliders</title>
+<title>Navigating Sliders</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for sliders</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A slider is a control that you use to set a value in a continuous
-range of values.</para>
+<para>
+A slider is a control that you use to set a value in a continuous range of values.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-46">
<title>Sample Slider</title>
<screenshot>
@@ -3077,13 +3591,16 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/slider.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Sample slider. Displays a slider control that you can move left or right.</phrase>
+<phrase>
+Sample slider. Displays a slider control that you can move left or right.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use
-to navigate a slider.</para>
+<para>
+The following table describes the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a slider.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3101,11 +3618,13 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>up arrow</keycap></para>
+<para><keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>up arrow
+</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider left or
-up by a small amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider left or up by a small amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3114,7 +3633,9 @@
or <keycap>down arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider right or down by a small amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider right or down by a small amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3124,8 +3645,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider left or up a
-large amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider left or up by a large amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3135,8 +3657,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider right or down
-a small amount.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider right or down by a large amount.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3146,8 +3669,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider to the maximum
-value.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider to the maximum value.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3157,16 +3681,18 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Move the slider to the minimum
-value.</para>
+<para>
+Moves the slider to the minimum value.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-33">
-<title>To Navigate Tabbed Sections</title>
+<title>Navigating Tabbed Sections</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for tabbed sections</secondary>
@@ -3176,19 +3702,24 @@
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
-<imagedata fileref="figures/tabbed_section.png" format="PNG"/>
+<imagedata fileref="figures/tabbed_section.png"
+format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Editing profile dialog from the GNOME Terminal application. Contains six tabbed sections.</phrase>
+<phrase>
+Editing profile dialog from the GNOME <application>Terminal</application> application. Contains six tabbed sections.
+</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>Windows and dialogs are sometimes divided into logical sections that
-are displayed one section at a time on the window or dialog. The divisions
-are called tabbed sections that are identified by a tab with a text label. </para>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate the tabbed sections of a window or dialog when a tab name has focus.</para>
+<para>
+Windows and dialogs are sometimes divided into logical sections that are displayed one section at a time on the window or dialog. The overall control is referred to as a notebook or tabbed panel. The divisions are
+called panels, pages, or tabs, and are sometimes collectively referred to as a tabstrip or notebook header. Each individual tab is identified by a text label.
+</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the tabbed sections of a window or dialog when a tabstrip has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3211,7 +3742,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the previous tabbed section.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the previous tabbed section.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3221,24 +3754,30 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next tabbed
-section.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next tabbed section.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> or<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> or<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the first control on the active tabbed section.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the first control in the active section.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate the tabbed sections of a window or dialog when a control on a tabbed
-section has focus.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate a
+window or dialog when a control within a section has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3256,45 +3795,63 @@
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>
-or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>
+or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Up
+</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the previous tabbed section. </para>
-<para>This keyboard shortcut does not work if the focused control uses <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo> for another purpose.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the previous section.
+</para>
+<para>
+This keyboard shortcut does not work if the focused control uses <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo> for another purpose.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> or
+<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt
+</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>
+</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the next tabbed section.</para>
-<para>This keyboard shortcut
-does not work if the focused control uses <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> for another purpose.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next section.
+</para>
+<para>
+This keyboard shortcut does not work if the focused control uses <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo> for another purpose.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the next control outside the tabbed sections.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next control outside the sections.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-34">
-<title>To Navigate Lists</title>
+<title>Navigating Lists</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>for lists</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you
-can use to navigate multi-column lists when a column header has focus.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate multi-column lists when a column header has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3316,8 +3873,9 @@
arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the previous
-or next column header.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the previous or next column header.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3327,8 +3885,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Activate the header. This action
-usually sorts the list by the column header.</para>
+<para>
+Activates the header. This action usually sorts the list by the column header.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3338,14 +3897,17 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the list contents.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the list contents.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
-<para>The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to
-navigate lists when the contents of the list has focus.</para>
+<para>
+The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate lists when the contents of the list has focus.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3366,7 +3928,9 @@
<para>arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Select the next or previous row or column.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the next or previous row or column.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3376,9 +3940,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the top
-row of the list contents that are in view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap>
-again to select the top row of the previous view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the top row of the list contents that are currently in view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> again to select the top row of the previous view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3388,9 +3952,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the bottom row of the
-list contents that are in view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> again to
-select the bottom row of the next view.</para>
+<para>
+Selects the bottom row of the list contents that are currently in view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> again to select the bottom row of the next view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3400,7 +3964,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the first row in the list.</para>
+<para>Selects the first row in the list.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3410,7 +3974,7 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the last row in the list.</para>
+<para>Selects the last row in the list.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3419,46 +3983,56 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>For
-lists that support multi-line selections, add the next or previous row or
-column to the current selection.</para>
-<para>For lists that only allow single
-line selections, select the next or previous row or column.</para>
+<para>
+For lists that support multi-line selections, adds the next or previous row or column to the current selection.
+</para>
+<para>
+For lists that only allow single line selections, selects the next or previous row or column.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select all the rows between the current selection and the top row of the view. </para>
+<para>
+Selects all the rows between the current selection and the top row of the view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select all the rows between the current selection and the bottom row of the
-view. </para>
+<para>
+Selects all the rows between the current selection and the bottom row of the view.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select all the rows between the current selection and the first row in the
-list. </para>
+<para>
+Selects all the rows between the current selection and the first row in the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select
-all the rows between the current selection and the last row in the list. </para>
+<para>
+Selects all the rows between the current selection and the last row in the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3467,41 +4041,53 @@
arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the next row or column but do not extend the selection. Further items can be selected by pressing the <keycap>spacebar</keycap></para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the next row or column but does not extend the selection. Further items can be selected by pressing <keycap>spacebar</keycap>.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the top row in the view but do not extend the selection.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the top row in the view but does not extend the selection.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the bottom row in the view but do not extend the selection.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the bottom row in the view but does not extend the selection.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give focus to the first row in the list but do not extend the selection.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the first row in the list but does not extend the selection.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the last row in the list but do not extend the selection.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the last row in the list but does not extend the selection.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3511,35 +4097,43 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Activate the item.</para>
+<para>
+Activates the item(s).
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>For
-lists that support multiline selections, select all rows in the list.</para>
+<para>
+For lists that support multi-line selections, selects all rows in the list.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
-<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
+<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Give
-focus to the column header, if applicable.</para>
+<para>
+Gives focus to the column header, if applicable.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-35">
-<title>To Navigate Trees</title>
-<para>A tree is a user interface control that contains sections that you can
-expand and collapse. A tree usually represents a hierarchical structure.</para>
+<title>Navigating Trees</title>
+<para>
+A tree is a user interface control that contains sections that you can expand and collapse. A tree usually represents a hierarchical structure.
+</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-48">
<title>Sample Tree Structure</title>
<screenshot>
@@ -3548,14 +4142,15 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/tree.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Categories tree from the gedit Preferences dialog. Contains three subcategories.</phrase>
+<phrase>Categories tree from the <application>gedit</application> Preferences dialog. Contains three subcategories.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
-<para>To navigate trees, you can use the same keyboard shortcuts that are
-listed in <xref linkend="keynav-34"/>. In addition, the following table lists
-the keyboard shortcuts you can use for the tree items.</para>
+<para>
+To navigate trees, you can use the same keyboard shortcuts that are listed in
+<xref linkend="keynav-34"/>. In addition, the following table lists the keyboard shortcuts you can use for the tree items.
+</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
@@ -3576,7 +4171,9 @@
<para><keycap>+</keycap> (plus)</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Expand the focused item.</para>
+<para>
+Expands the focused item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3584,18 +4181,19 @@
<para><keycap>-</keycap> (minus)</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Collapse the focused
-item.</para>
+<para>
+Collapses the focused item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
-<keycap>Back Space</keycap>
+<keycap>backspace</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Select the parent item.</para>
+<para>Selects the parent item.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -3603,8 +4201,9 @@
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
-<para>Display a search dialog if the tree supports searching. You can type the
-name of the tree item that you want to find.</para>
+<para>
+Displays a search dialog allowing you to type the name of the tree item that you want to find. Not all trees support searching.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -3612,81 +4211,100 @@
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-36">
<title>Customizing Your Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
<secondary>customizing</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference
-tool to display the default keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the GNOME
-Desktop. You can customize the default
-keyboard shortcuts to meet your requirements. You can also create hot keys.
-Hot keys are keyboard shortcuts that start applications. </para>
-<para>To start the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference
-tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Desktop shortcuts</guilabel> table lists the keyboard shortcut that is associated
-with each action.</para>
+<para>
+Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to display the default keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the GNOME Desktop. You can customize the default keyboard shortcuts to meet your requirements. You can also create hot keys,
+keyboard shortcuts which start applications.
+</para>
+<para>
+To start the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts
+</application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences
+</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts
+</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>
+Desktop shortcuts</guilabel> table lists the keyboard shortcut that is associated with each action.
+</para>
+
<section id="keynav-49">
-<title>To Customize Keyboard Shortcuts on Solaris Systems</title>
-<para>To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Solaris system, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<title>Customizing Keyboard Shortcuts on Solaris Systems</title>
+<para>
+To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Solaris system, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard
-shortcut. The row is highlighted.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel>
-column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press the keys that you want to associate with the action.
-The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel>
-column.</para>
+<para>
+Press the keys that you want to associate with the action. The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard
-shortcut. The row is highlighted.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel>
-column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Back Space</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is
-disabled.</para>
+<para>
+Press the <keycap>backspace</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is disabled.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="keynav-50">
-<title>To Customize Keyboard Shortcuts on Linux Systems</title>
-<para>To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Linux system, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<title>Customizing Keyboard Shortcuts on Linux Systems
+</title>
+<para>
+To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Linux system, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard
-shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator,
-or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press the keys that you want to associate with the action.
-The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel>
-column.</para>
+<para>
+Press the keys that you want to associate with the action. The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard
-shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator,
-or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Back Space</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is
-disabled.</para>
+<para>
+Press the <keycap>backspace</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is disabled.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/gnome-access-guide.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/gnome-access-guide.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/gnome-access-guide.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -16,28 +16,32 @@
]>
<?db.chunk.max_depth 4?>
<book id="index">
- <title>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</title>
- <bookinfo>
- <abstract role="description">
- <para>The GNOME Accessibility Guide is for users, system administrators, and anyone who is interested
- in how the GNOME Desktop supports people with disabilities and addresses the requirements
- of Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act.</para>
- </abstract>
- <copyright>
- <year>2006</year>
- <holder>Don Scorgie</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2006</year>
- <holder>Brent Smith</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2005</year>
- <year>2004</year>
- <year>2003</year>
- <year>2002</year>
- <holder>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
+<title>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</title>
+<bookinfo>
+<abstract role="description">
+<para>
+The GNOME Accessibility Guide is for users, system
+administrators, and anyone who is interested in how the
+GNOME Desktop supports people with disabilities and
+addresses the requirements of Section 508 of the U.S.
+Rehabilitation Act.
+</para>
+</abstract>
+<copyright>
+<year>2006</year>
+<holder>Don Scorgie</holder>
+</copyright>
+<copyright>
+<year>2006</year>
+<holder>Brent Smith</holder>
+</copyright>
+<copyright>
+<year>2005</year>
+<year>2004</year>
+<year>2003</year>
+<year>2002</year>
+<holder>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</holder>
+</copyright>
<!-- translators: uncomment this:
<copyright>
@@ -45,117 +49,192 @@
<holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
</copyright>
-->
- <publisher role="maintainer">
- <publishername>GNOME Documentation Project</publishername>
- </publisher> &LEGAL;
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Don</firstname>
- <surname>Scorgie</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Brent</firstname>
- <surname>Smith</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>&author1;</firstname>
- <surname>&author2;</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
- <revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME &gnomeversion; Desktop Accessibility Guide V&manrevision;</revnumber>
- <date>&date;</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.1</revnumber>
- <date>July 2005</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.0</revnumber>
- <date>March 2005</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.8 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.8.0</revnumber>
- <date>September 2004</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.6 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.6.0</revnumber>
- <date>March 2004</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.4 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.4.0</revnumber>
- <date>October 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.2 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.2.0</revnumber>
- <date>February 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment Accessibility Guide V2.1</revnumber>
- <date>January 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment Accessibility Guide V2.0</revnumber>
- <date>December 2002</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- </revhistory>
- <releaseinfo> This manual describes version &gnomeversion; of the GNOME Desktop.
- </releaseinfo>
- <legalnotice>
- <title>Feedback</title>
- <para> To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Desktop or this
- manual, follow the directions in the <ulink type="help"
- url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.</para>
- </legalnotice>
- </bookinfo>
+
+<publisher role="maintainer">
+<publishername>
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</publishername>
+</publisher>
+
+&LEGAL;
+
+<authorgroup>
+<author>
+<firstname>Don</firstname>
+<surname>Scorgie</surname>
+<affiliation>
+<orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
+</affiliation>
+</author>
+
+<author>
+<firstname>Brent</firstname>
+<surname>Smith</surname>
+<affiliation>
+<orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
+</affiliation>
+</author>
+
+<author>
+<firstname>&author1;</firstname>
+<surname>&author2;</surname>
+<affiliation>
+<orgname>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</orgname>
+</affiliation>
+</author>
+</authorgroup>
+
+<revhistory>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME &gnomeversion;
+Desktop Accessibility Guide V&manrevision;
+</revnumber>
+<date>&date;</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.1
+</revnumber>
+<date>July 2005</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.10 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.10.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>March 2005</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.8 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.8.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>September 2004</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+
+</revision>
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.6 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.6.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>March 2004</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
+<para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.4 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.4.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>October 2003</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Microsystems
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.2 Desktop Accessibility Guide V2.2.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>February 2003</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Microsystems
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment
+Accessibility Guide V2.1
+</revnumber>
+<date>January 2003</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
+<para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+
+<revision>
+<revnumber>
+GNOME 2.0 Desktop for the Solaris Operating Environment
+Accessibility Guide V2.0
+</revnumber>
+<date>December 2002</date>
+<revdescription>
+<para role="author">
+Sun Microsystems
+</para>
+<para role="publisher">
+GNOME Documentation Project
+</para>
+</revdescription>
+</revision>
+</revhistory>
+
+<releaseinfo>
+This manual describes version &gnomeversion; of the
+GNOME Desktop.
+</releaseinfo>
+
+<legalnotice>
+<title>Feedback</title>
+<para>
+To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the
+GNOME Desktop or this manual, follow the directions in
+the
+<ulink type="help"
+url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback">
+GNOME Feedback Page
+</ulink>.
+</para>
+</legalnotice>
+</bookinfo>
+
&accessintro;
&enable;
&general;
@@ -166,7 +245,8 @@
&sysadmin;
-->
-<!-- If generating PDFs and if you want an index, then uncomment <index/> -->
+<!-- If generating PDFs and if you want an index,
+ then uncomment <index/> line below -->
<!-- <index/> -->
-</book>
+</book>
\ No newline at end of file
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/legal.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/legal.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/legal.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,76 +1,77 @@
- <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
- by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
- no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
- a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type="help"
- url="ghelp:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
- distributed with this manual.
- </para>
- <para> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
- distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
- manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
- adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
- section 6 of the license.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
- products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
- names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of
- the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those
- trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
- capital letters.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
- UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
- WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
- IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
- THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
- A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
- RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
- OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
- MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
- YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
- CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
- SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
- OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
- LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
- VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
- EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
- THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
- CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
- INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
- DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
- OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
- PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
- CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
- INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
- OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
- MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
- LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
- EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
- THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
+<legalnotice id="legalnotice">
+<para>
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify
+this document under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later
+version published by the Free Software Foundation with
+no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
+Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL
+<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:fdl"> here</ulink> or in
+the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
+distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute
+this manual separately from the collection, you can do
+so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as
+described in Section 6 of the license.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Many of the names used by companies to distinguish
+their products and services are claimed as trademarks.
+Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation,
+and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are
+made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in
+capital letters or initial capital letters.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE
+PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION
+LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
+INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE
+DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE
+OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY,
+ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
+VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY
+DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY
+RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
+CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY
+CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE
+OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS
+AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>
+UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY,
+WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR
+OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY
+CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR
+MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF
+ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
+DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
+DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER
+FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
+LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT
+AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH
+PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+</legalnotice>
\ No newline at end of file
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/low-vision.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/low-vision.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/low-vision.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,11 +1,62 @@
<chapter id="low-vision">
<title>Low Vision or Blindness</title>
-<para>From low vision to blindness, the range of visual limitations is broad. Symptoms of low vision include dimness, haziness, extreme far-sightedness or near-sightedness, color blindness, and tunnel vision, among others. People with these disabilities are concerned with being able to see text or images on a computer screen and being able to perform tasks that require eye-hand coordination, such as moving a computer mouse. Text size and color can make a big difference in legibility for people who have low vision.</para>
-<para>The technologies that can assist those with low vision or blindness are:</para>
+
+<para>
+From low vision to blindness, the range of visual
+limitations is broad. Symptoms of low vision include
+dimness, haziness, extreme far-/near-sightedness,
+color blindness, and tunnel vision, among others.
+People with these disabilities are
+concerned with being able to see text or images on a
+computer screen and being able to perform tasks that
+require eye-hand coordination, such as moving a
+computer mouse. Text size and color can make a big
+difference in legibility for people with low vision.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The technologies that can assist those with low vision
+or blindness are:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Screen Magnifier</emphasis> - this is like a magnifying glass. People using them are able to control what area of the computer screen they want enlarged, and can move that focus to view different areas of the screen. They are also known as screen enlargers or large print programs.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Screen Reader</emphasis> - this makes on-screen information available as synthesized speech or a refreshable Braille display. They can only translate text based information. Graphics can be translated if there is alternative text describing the visual images. They are also known as blind access utilities or screen reviewers.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Desktop Appearance Enhancement</emphasis> - users can configure the desktop to be easy to read, for example by increasing text size and using high contrast themes.</para></listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>
+Screen Magnifier
+</emphasis>
+ - this is like a magnifying glass. People using them
+are able to control what area of the computer screen
+they want enlarged, and can move the magnifier to view
+different areas of the screen. They are also known as
+screen enlargers or large print programs.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>
+Screen Reader
+</emphasis>
+ - this makes on-screen information available as
+synthesized speech and/or a refreshable Braille display.
+They generally only translate text-based information.
+Graphics and other non-textual objects can be
+translated if there is alternative text
+describing the item. They are also known as
+blind access utilities or screen reviewers.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>
+Desktop Appearance Enhancement
+</emphasis>
+ - users can configure the desktop to be easy to read;
+for example, by increasing text size and using high
+contrast themes.
+</para>
+</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<section id="ats-2">
@@ -16,283 +67,338 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>Orca</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The <application>Orca Screen Reader
-and Magnifier</application> application enables users with limited vision,
-or no vision, to use the GNOME Desktop and associated applications. <application>Orca</application> provides the following functionality: </para>
+
+<para>
+The <application>Orca Screen Reader and Magnifier
+</application> application enables users with limited
+vision or no vision to use the GNOME Desktop and
+associated applications. <application>Orca</application>
+provides the following functionality:
+</para>
+
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Screen reader</para>
-<para>The screen reader enables non-visual access to standard applications
-in the GNOME Desktop,
-using speech and Braille output.</para>
+<para>
+Screen Reader
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The screen reader enables non-visual access to standard
+applications in the GNOME Desktop, using speech and
+Braille output.
+</para>
</listitem>
+
<listitem>
-<para>Magnifier</para>
-<para>The magnifier provides automated focus tracking and fullscreen magnification
-to aid low-vision users.</para>
+<para>
+Magnifier
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The magnifier provides automated focus tracking and
+full-screen magnification to aid low-vision users.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>The following sections provide information about Orca and how to use it.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Introduction to Orca</title>
- <section>
- <title>What is Orca?</title>
- <para>Orca is a flexible, extensible, and powerful assistive
- technology for people with visual impairments. Using various
- combinations of speech synthesis, braille, and magnification,
- Orca helps provide access to applications and toolkits that
- support the AT-SPI (e.g., the GNOME desktop). Orca is also
- free open source software.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Why the name Orca?</title>
- <para>One of the first DOS screen readers was Flipper by
- Omnichron corporation in Berkeley, CA. It was named Flipper
- in part because the blind wife of the programmer envisioned
- computers as being programmed by flipping switches (an
- accurate image of a bygone era). Then came another DOS screen
- reader from Henter-Joyce in Florida - "Jobs access With
- Speech" (or JAWS). Meanwhile in the UK we had the company
- Dolphin systems making their own DOS screen reader.</para>
- <para>While there isn't otherwise an obvious connection
- between blindness and creatures from the sea, there is
- certainly a long tradition around it.</para>
- <para>Hence the lore is that it is just keeping with the sea
- animal naming theme of screen readers. Plus, Orca is a lot
- tougher sounding than Nemo, Ariel, Willy, or Mr.
- Limpet.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>What's the schedule?</title>
- <para>Orca is part of the GNOME platform and Orca's releases
- are coupled with the releases of the GNOME platform.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How do I request a new feature?</title>
- <para>
- <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/buglist.cgi?query=product:orca+";>
- Bugs</ulink> and feature/enhancement requests (RFEs) should be
- reported to the
- <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org";>GNOME Bug Tracking
- System</ulink>. Patches are always welcome, and instructions
- for creating patches can be found in the
- <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/tools/svn.html";>GNOME
- introduction to Subversion (svn)</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Where is the discussion list?</title>
- <para>You can get in touch with developers and other users by
-
- <ulink url="mailto:orca-list gnome org">sending an
- e-mail</ulink> to the
- <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/orca-list";>
- Orca mailing list</ulink> (
- <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/orca-list";>
- Archives</ulink>).</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Is braille supported?</title>
- <para>Yes! Braille is supported via BrlTTY and it is
- integrated well with Orca. BrlTTY offers support for nearly
- every refreshable braille display known to man. Please refer
- to the
- <ulink url="ghelp:orca#braille">Braille page</ulink> for more
- information.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Is contracted braille supported?</title>
- <para>Orca currently only supports uncontracted braille.
- Future support for contracted braille, however, is in our
- plans. Please refer to
- <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=354470";>
- GNOME bug 354470</ulink> to track the progress on this
- front.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>What voices are available?</title>
- <para>Orca provides interfaces to both
- <userinput>gnome-speech</userinput> and
- <userinput>emacspeak</userinput> speech services. As such, the available
- voices for Orca are only restricted by the speech engines
- supported by the available speech services. For free speech
- engines, you typically have a choice of the eSpeak, Festival,
- and FreeTTS speech engines. For commercial engines, you have
- a choice of additional engines such as Fonix DECtalk,
- Loquendo, Eloquence, Cepstral, IBMTTS, and others may be on
- the way soon. Keep an eye on the
- <userinput>gnome-speech</userinput> package for more progress in this
- area.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>What languages are supported?</title>
- <para>The
- <ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/teams";>GNOME Translation
- teams</ulink> are composed of many passionate volunteers from
- around the world. These teams do a great job and keep an
- up-to-date status report. Please see the
- <ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/module/orca";>Orca
- translation status page</ulink> for the large number of
- languages into which Orca has been translated. Note that the
- support for a language also depends upon a speech synthesis
- engine that supports the language whether BrlTTY has braille
- tables for the language or not.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How well does magnification work?</title>
- <para>Orca currently uses the
- <userinput>gnome-mag</userinput> magnification service. As of this
- writing (GNOME 2.18),
- <userinput>gnome-mag</userinput> has incorporated some support for
- smoother full screen magnification, which relies upon newer
- extensions in the X Window System server. These extensions do
- not always function well on all platforms, so smooth full
- screen magnification may not always work.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How is web access coming along?</title>
- <para>We are targeting Firefox 3 for providing compelling web
- access. The work is progressing step by step and both the
- Orca and Firefox teams are working feverishly to get it
- done.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Using Orca</title>
- <section>
- <title>Initial Set-up</title>
- <para>When you run Orca for the first time, it will
- automatically enter setup mode. If you want to run setup at
- some later point, you can pass the
- <userinput>--setup</userinput> option to Orca the next time you run it.
- Furthermore, while Orca is running, you can press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> to bring up the Orca setup window. Finally, Orca
- provides a text setup utility that you can start by passing
- the
- <userinput>--text-setup</userinput> option to Orca. All of these options
- will create a
- <userinput>~/.orca/user-settings.py</userinput> file that holds your
- preferences and will also enable the accessibility
- infrastructure. You need to log out and log back in for the
- accessibility infrastructure settings to take effect.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How do I run Orca?</title>
- <para>Run Orca by typing
- <userinput>orca</userinput>into a Terminal. You can do so
- from a virtual console window if you do not yet have access
- to the GUI. Orca will automatically enter text setup mode if
- you run it from a virtual console window or your GUI
- environment is not yet set up for accessibility.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Quitting Orca</title>
- <para>To quit orca, press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Q</keycap>
- </keycombo>. A confirmation dialog will appear. Select "yes"
- to quit. If the system seems unresponsive, you can do a
- couple things:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Run
- <userinput>orca --quit</userinput> from a terminal window, such as a
- virtual console (press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>F1</keycap>
- </keycombo> on most Linux platforms to get to a virtual
- console and then
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>F7</keycap>
- </keycombo> to get back to the desktop). This will kill
- orca and clean up after it. You can then rerun orca using
- the Orca command.</para>
- <para>Press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Backspace</keycap>
- </keycombo> to kill your login session and get back to the
- graphical login prompt.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Customizing Orca</title>
- <section>
- <title>How do I define my own keybindings?</title>
- <para>You can currently redefine your key bindings for Orca
- in two main ways. The first way is to be able to choose
- between the destkop and laptop layouts, which can be selected
- on the "General" page of the Orca Configuration GUI (press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> to bring up the Orca preferences GUI). For
- finer-grained control, you can also redefine indivual key
- bindings on the "Key Bindings" page of the Orca Configuration
- GUI.</para>
- <note>
- <para>The remainder of this answer might be out of
- date.</para>
- </note>
- <para>Here's an example you can add to your
- <userinput>~/.orca/user-settings.py</userinput> file. It sets up a
- global keybinding for
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo> (
- <keycap>Insert</keycap> is the Orca modifier) to speak and
- braille "Hello World."</para>
- <screen>
-<![CDATA[# Set up custom keybindings.
-import orca.braille
+
+<para>
+The following sections provide information about Orca
+and how to use it.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Introduction to Orca</title>
+<section>
+<title>What is Orca?</title>
+
+<para>
+Orca is a flexible, extensible, and powerful assistive
+technology for people with visual impairments. Using
+various combinations of speech synthesis, Braille and
+magnification, Orca helps provide access to applications
+and toolkits that support the AT-SPI (e.g., the GNOME
+Desktop). Orca is also free open source software.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Why the name Orca?</title>
+
+<para>
+One of the first DOS screen readers was Flipper, made by
+Omnichron Corporation in Berkeley, CA. It was named
+Flipper in part because the blind wife of the programmer
+envisioned computers as being programmed by flipping
+switches (an accurate image of a bygone era). Then came
+another DOS screen reader, this one from Henter-Joyce in
+Florida - "Jobs Access With Speech" (or JAWS). And so
+on....
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Although no obvious connection exists between blindness
+and creatures from the sea, there is certainly a naming
+tradition for screen-reader software. Hence Orca, which
+is a lot tougher-sounding than Nemo, Ariel, Willy,
+or Mr. Limpet.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>What's the schedule?</title>
+
+<para>
+Orca is part of the GNOME platform and Orca's releases
+are coupled with the releases of the GNOME platform.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How do I request a new feature?</title>
+<para>
+<ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/buglist.cgi?
+query=product:orca+">
+Bugs</ulink> and feature/enhancement requests (RFEs)
+should be reported to the
+<ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org";>
+GNOME Bug Tracking System
+</ulink>. Patches are always welcome, and instructions
+for creating patches can be found in the
+<ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/tools/svn.html";>
+GNOME Introduction to Subversion (SVN)
+</ulink>.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Where is the discussion list?</title>
+
+<para>
+You can get in touch with developers and other users by
+<ulink url="mailto:orca-list gnome org">
+sending an e-mail
+</ulink> to the
+<ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/
+orca-list">
+Orca mailing list</ulink>
+(
+<ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/orca-list";>
+Archives
+</ulink>).
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Is Braille supported?</title>
+<para>
+Yes! Braille is supported via BrlTTY and it is tightly
+integrated with Orca. BrlTTY offers support for nearly
+every refreshable Braille display known to man. Please
+refer to the
+<ulink url="ghelp:orca#braille">
+Braille page
+</ulink> for more information.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Are Grade 2 Braille contractions supported?</title>
+<para>
+Yes, Orca fully supports contracted Braille output.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>What voices are available?</title>
+<para>
+Orca provides interfaces to both
+<userinput>gnome-speech</userinput> and
+<userinput>emacspeak</userinput> speech services. As
+such, the available voices for Orca are only restricted
+by the speech engines supported by the available speech
+services. For free speech engines, you typically have a
+choice of the eSpeak, Festival, and FreeTTS speech
+engines. For commercial engines, you have a choice of
+additional engines such as Fonix DECtalk, Loquendo,
+Eloquence, Cepstral and IBMTTS, with others on the way.
+Periodically check the <userinput>gnome-speech
+</userinput> package for more progress in this area.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>What languages are supported?</title>
+<para>
+The
+<ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/teams";>
+GNOME translation teams</ulink> are composed of many
+passionate volunteers from around the world. These teams
+do a great job and keep an up-to-date status report.
+Please see the
+<ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/module/orca";>
+Orca translation status page</ulink> for the large
+number of languages into which Orca has been translated.
+</para>
+<para>
+Note: support for a language also depends on
+the speech synthesis engine also supporting the same
+language.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How well does magnification work?</title>
+<para>
+Orca currently uses the
+<userinput>gnome-mag</userinput>
+magnification service.
+<userinput>gnome-mag</userinput> has incorporated
+support for smoother full-screen magnification, which
+relies upon newer extensions in the X Window System
+server. These extensions do not always function well on
+all platforms, so smooth full-screen magnification may
+not always work.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How is web access coming along?</title>
+<para>
+Orca targets the Firefox web browser (version 3) for
+providing accessible web browsing. Both the Orca and
+Firefox teams are fully dedicated in this cooperative
+effort.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using Orca</title>
+<section>
+<title>Initial Setup</title>
+<para>
+When you run Orca for the first time, it will
+automatically enter setup mode. If you want to run setup
+at some later point, you can pass the
+<userinput>--setup</userinput> option to Orca the next
+time you run it. Furthermore, while Orca is running,
+you can press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo> to bring up the Orca setup window. Finally,
+Orca provides a text setup utility that you can start
+by passing the
+<userinput>--text-setup</userinput> option to Orca. All
+of these options will create a
+<userinput>~/.orca/user-settings.py</userinput> file
+that holds your preferences and will also enable the
+accessibility infrastructure. You need to log out and
+log back in for the new settings to take effect.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How do I run Orca?</title>
+<para>
+Run Orca by typing <userinput>orca</userinput> in a
+terminal session window. You can do so from a virtual
+console window if you do not yet have access to the GUI.
+With the GUI installed you can also press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>F2</keycap>
+</keycombo> to bring up the Run dialog and then enter
+<userinput>orca</userinput>
+as the command (followed by any optional parameters).
+Orca will automatically enter text setup mode if you run
+it from a virtual console window or your GUI
+environment is not yet set up for accessibility.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Quitting Orca</title>
+<para>
+To quit Orca, press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Q</keycap>
+</keycombo>.
+A confirmation dialog will appear. Select Yes to quit.
+If the system seems unresponsive, you can try a few
+things:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Run <userinput>orca --quit</userinput> from a terminal
+window, such as a virtual console: press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo> (on most Linux platforms) to get to a
+virtual console, enter your commands, and then use
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>F7</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+to get back to the desktop. This will kill the Orca
+process and reclaim system resources. You can then
+rerun Orca using the previously outlined methods.
+</para>
+<para>
+Press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Backspace</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+to end your login session and get back to the
+graphical login prompt (not implemented in all
+Linux distributions).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Customizing Orca</title>
+
+<section>
+<title>How do I define my own keybindings?</title>
+<para>
+You can redefine your key bindings for Orca
+in two main ways. The first way is to choose between the
+Desktop and Laptop layouts, which can be selected on the
+General page of the Orca Configuration GUI (press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+to bring up Orca Preferences). For more refined
+control, you can set individual key bindings
+on the Key Bindings page of the Orca Configuration
+dialog.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Use a keyboard command to make Orca speak or
+Braille-output the current date and time</title>
+<para>
+Place the following lines in
+<userinput>~/.orca/orca-customizations.py</userinput>.
+If this file doesn't exist yet, go ahead and create it.
+</para>
+<screen>
+<![CDATA[
import orca.input_event
import orca.keybindings
import orca.orca
import orca.speech
-from orca.orca_i18n import _
-def sayHello(script, inputEvent=None):
- message = _("Hello World")
- # Say/braille something.
- #
- orca.speech.speak(message)
- orca.braille.displayMessage(message)
- # Consume the event so it will not go to an application.
- #
- return True
-sayHelloHandler = orca.input_event.InputEventHandler(
- sayHello,
- _("Says hello to this fine world."))
-myKeyBindings = orca.keybindings.KeyBindings()
-myKeyBindings.add(orca.keybindings.KeyBinding(
- "t",
- 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
- 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
- sayHelloHandler))
-orca.settings.keyBindingsMap["default"] = myKeyBindings
-]]>
-</screen>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Use a keyboard command to make Orca speak or braille
- the current date and time</title>
- <para>Place the following lines in
- <userinput>~/.orca/orca-customizations.py</userinput>. If this file
- does not exist, create it.</para>
- <screen>
-<![CDATA[import orca.input_event
-import orca.keybindings
-import orca.orca
-import orca.speech
import orca.braille
import re
]]>
@@ -301,885 +407,1134 @@
]]>
<![CDATA[
def sayTime(script, inputEvent=None):
- import time
- message = time.strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S", time.localtime())
- orca.speech.speak(message)
- orca.braille.displayMessage(message)
- return True
+ import time
+ message = time.strftime("%a, %d %b %Y %H:%M:%S", time.localtime())
+ orca.speech.speak(message)
+ orca.braille.displayMessage(message)
+ return True
]]>
<![CDATA[
sayTimeHandler = orca.input_event.InputEventHandler(
- sayTime,
- "Presents the time.")
+ sayTime,
+ "Presents the time.")
]]>
<![CDATA[
myKeyBindings.add(orca.keybindings.KeyBinding(
- "d",
- 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
- 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
- sayTimeHandler))
+ "d",
+ 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
+ 1 << orca.settings.MODIFIER_ORCA,
+ sayTimeHandler))
]]>
<![CDATA[
orca.settings.keyBindingsMap["default"] = myKeyBindings
]]>
</screen>
- <para>Note that in this case
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>D</keycap>
- </keycombo> will be used to report current information about
- the time and date.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>How do I set up my own custom script area?</title>
- <para>The short answer is that if you create an empty
- <userinput>~/.orca/orca-scripts/__init__.py</userinput> and place your
- custom scripts in
- <userinput>~/.orca/orca-scripts</userinput>, Orca will pick up any
- scripts from there before looking in the installed
- area.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Orca Configuration GUI</title>
- <para>The Orca Configuration GUI allows you to customize the
- behavior and features of Orca, such as speech, braille, and
- magnification. For example, you can select which speech
- synthesis engine you want to use, whether braille is enabled
- or not, and which magnification preferences you want. You can
- select which general keyboard layout you want (desktop or
- laptop) and you can also examine and modify the existing
- keyboard layout with fine grained control. To bring up the
- Orca Configuration GUI, press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap><ORCA MODIFIER></keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo>, where
- <userinput><ORCA MODIFIER></userinput> is
- <keycap>Insert</keycap> when you use the desktop key bindings,
- and
- <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> when you use the laptop key
- bindings.</para>
- <para>The Orca Configuration GUI is a multi-page dialog
- containing several sections, each of which is described in
- the following sections.</para>
- <section>
- <title>General Page</title>
- <para>The "General" page allows you to customize general
- aspects of Orca. These include the following:</para>
- <section>
- <title>Keyboard layout</title>
- <para>The keyboard layout section allows you to specify
- if you will be working on a laptop (small) or desktop
- (large, with a numeric keypad) keyboard. You select which
- layout you want by selecting one of the following
- option:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Desktop - if selected, the Desktop Keyboard
- Layout will be used.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Laptop - if selected, the Laptop Keyboard
- Layout will be used</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Show Orca main window</title>
- <para>The Orca main window provides you with a graphical
- way to display the Orca Configuration GUI (also
- obtainable via
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo>) and to quit Orca (also achievable via
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Q</keycap>
- </keycombo>). Many users do not like the Orca main window
- because it shows up in the window manager's tab order
- when you press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Tab</keycap>
- </keycombo> to switch windows. By deselecting the "Show
- Orca main window" button, you can tell Orca to not show
- the Orca main window.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Quit Orca without Confirmation</title>
- <para>Normally, when you press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Q</keycap>
- </keycombo> to quit Orca or press the
- <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>button in the Orca main
- window, Orca will pop up a confirmation dialog asking you
- if you want to quit. Unchecking this option prevents the
- confirmation window from appearing.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Disable gksu keyboard grab</title>
- <para>When running system administration commands from
- the launch menu, many distributions use an application
- known as
- <application>gksu</application>to authorize the user to
- run these commands (
- <application>gksu</application>is the GUI that asks you
- for your password). When it runs,
- <application>gksu</application>enables what is known as a
- "keyboard grab," which is a feature to prevent keyboard
- actions from going to any other application on the
- desktop, including Orca. The result of a keyboard grab is
- that Orca will not receive any keyboard events,
- preventing Orca from functioning normally.</para>
- <para>By selecting the
- <guibutton>Disable gksu keyboard grab</guibutton>button,
- you will turn off the keyboard grab behavior, allowing
- Orca to functional normally with system administration
- applications.</para>
- <note>
- <para>The keyboard grab is a security attempt by
- <application>gksu</application>to prevent nefarious
- applications from "sniffing" the keyboard and obtaining
- your password. Please be advised that disabling
- <application>gksu</application>'s keyboard grab feature
- can expose you to such nefarious behavior.</para>
- <para>If you do not feel comfortable with this, you can
- always use the root account for system administration
- purposes. To do so, you need to enable the root account
- for login, and the logout and log back in as root
- whenever you want to perform a system administration
- command.</para>
- </note>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Present tooltips</title>
- <para>When checked, this option will tell Orca to present
- information about tooltips when they appear as the result
- of mouse hovering. Specific actions to force tooltips to
- appear, such as pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>F1</keycap>
- </keycombo> when an object has focus, will always result
- in tooltips being presented, regardless of this
- setting.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Speech Page</title>
- <para>The speech page allows you to customize how Orca uses
- speech synthesis.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Enable speech</title>
- <para>The first control of note on the speech page is the
-
- <guilabel>enable speech</guilabel> check box. This check
- box toggles whether or not Orca will make use of a speech
- synthesizer. This option, along with the ability to
- enable braille and enable magnifier support, allow Orca
- to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of
- users.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Speech System and Speech Synthesizer</title>
- <para>The next two controls deal with selecting the
- speech system and synthesizer. Orca provides support for
- a growing number of speech systems. At the time of this
- writing, these include GNOME-speech, Emacspeak, and an
- experimental backend for Speech Dispatcher. Depending
- upon how your machine is configured, you may have all or
- none of these options. Typically, you will have just
- GNOME-speech.</para>
- <para>First, determine which speech system you would like
- to use - GNOME-speech works best at this time. After
- making your selection, tab to the speech synthesizer
- combo box and choose from the list of available
- synthesizers.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Voice Settings</title>
- <para>If your synthesizer supports it, Orca can utilize
- multiple voices in order to identify special cases within
- an application, such as hyperlinks or upper case text.
- The voice settings and person combo boxes can be adjusted
- to customize these settings to your liking. For example,
- assume you were using Fonix DECtalk and wanted the betty
- voice to denote upper case. To accomplish this, you could
- do the following:</para>
- <orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
- <listitem>
- <para>Tab to the voice settings combo box, and down
- arrow until the upper case voice is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Tab to the person combo box, and down arrow to
- choose the Betty voice.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>The next three sliders in the tab order allow
- adjustment of the synthesizer's rate, pitch and volume
- respectively.</para>
- <para>Note that you can quickly raise/lower the pitch by
- pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Up Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> and
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Down Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo>. You can also modify the speaking rate by
- pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Left Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> and
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Punctuation Level</title>
- <para>The
- <guilabel>punctuation level</guilabel> radio button group
- is used to adjust the amount of punctuation spoken by the
- synthesizer . The available levels are none, some, most,
- and all.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Verbosity</title>
- <para>The verbosity setting determines the amount of
- information that will be spoken in certain situations.
- For example, if it is set to verbose, the synthesizer
- will speak shortcut keys for items in pull down menus.
- When it is set to brief, these shortcut keys are not
- announced.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Table Row Speech</title>
- <para>The table row speech option determines the way in
- which Orca will read items within tables. The available
- settings are speak current row, or speak current cell.
- The ability to adjust this behavior can be useful in many
- situations. For example, consider the process of browsing
- email messages in Evolution. In this instance it may be
- preferable to set table speech to current row, so that
- while arrowing through the list of messages, all relevant
- info, such as the sender, subject, and whether the
- message has attachments is read automatically. While the
- current row setting is active, it is still possible to
- read individual cells by using the left and right
- arrows.</para>
- <para>Note that you can quickly toggle this behavior by
- pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F11</keycap>
- </keycombo>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Speak Indentation</title>
- <para>When working with code or editing documents, it is
- often desirable to be aware of justification as well as
- indentation. Selecting the
- <guilabel>speak indentation and
- justification</guilabel> check box will cause Orca to
- provide this information.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Speak Blank Lines</title>
- <para>Some users desire to hear "blank" when navigating
- to a blank line in a document. Other users do not. If the
-
- <guilabel>speak blank lines</guilabel> check box is
- selected, Orca will speak blank lines.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Braille Page</title>
- <para>The braille page allows you to customize various
- aspects about the use of braille. Orca does not
- automatically start BrlTTY for you -- you typically need to
- do that yourself, and it is something that is usually done
- at boot time.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Enable Braille Support</title>
- <para>The first control on the braille page is the
- <guilabel>enable braille support</guilabel> check box.
- This check box toggles whether or not Orca will make use
- of a braille display. This option, along with the ability
- to enable braille and enable magnifier support, allow
- Orca to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety
- of users. By default, this check box is enabled. If
- BrlTTY is not running, Orca will recover gracefully and
- will not communicate with the braille display. If you
- configure BrlTTY later on, you need to restart Orca in
- order for it to use braille.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Enable Braille Monitor</title>
- <para>Orca's braille monitor provides an onscreen
- representation of what takes place on the braille
- display. This feature is mostly for demonstration
- purposes, but is also useful for Orca developers who do
- not have access to a braille display.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Abbreviated Role Names</title>
- <para>The
- <guilabel>abbreviated role names</guilabel> check box
- determines the manner in which role names are displayed
- and can be used to help conserve real estate on the
- braille display. The "abbreviated role names" option can
- be better understood if we consider the following
- example. Let us assume that a slider had focus, and that
- the abbreviated role names box was not checked. In that
- case, the word "slider" would be shown on the display, to
- reflect the fact that the current control was indeed a
- slider. If the abbreviated role names box was checked,
- the word "slider" would be abbreviated to "sldr".</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Verbosity</title>
- <para>The
- <guilabel>verbosity</guilabel> radio button group
- determines the amount of information that will be
- brailled in certain situations. For example, if it is set
- to verbose, keyboard shortcut and role name information
- is displayed. This information is not displayed in brief
- mode.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Key Echo Page</title>
- <para>The key echo page allows you to specify the behavior
- of Orca when pressing keys on the page and whether words
- are spoken as you complete them.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Enable Key Echo</title>
- <para>The first control on the key echo page is the
- <guilabel>enable key echo</guilabel> check box. When this
- box is selected, five additional check boxes become
- available. These are
- <guilabel>Enable alphanumeric and punctuation
- keys</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Enable modifier keys</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Enable locking keys</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Enable function keys</guilabel>, and
- <guilabel>Enable action keys</guilabel>.</para>
- <para>The alphanumeric and function key groups are
- relatively self explanatory.</para>
- <para>Modifier keys are those such as
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>,
- <keycap>Control</keycap>, and
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>.</para>
- <para>Locking keys include
- <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>,
- <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap>, and
- <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>.</para>
- <para>The action keys group consists of keys that perform
- some logical action, as
- <keycap>Backspace</keycap>,
- <keycap>Return</keycap>and
- <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Enable Echo by Word</title>
- <para>The last toggle on the key echo page is the
- <guilabel>enable echo by word</guilabel> check box. The
- echo by word control is always available, regardless of
- whether any of the key echo options are checked.</para>
- <para>In summary, the key echo scheme can offer a great
- deal of flexibility. For example, one user might choose
- to enable all key echo options, while another might
- prefer to use word echo, but only have locking keys
- announced.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Magnifier Page</title>
- <para>The magnifier page allows you to enable/disable
- magnification and specify how magnification is
- performed.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Enable Magnifier</title>
- <para>The first control on the magnifier page is the
- <guilabel>enable magnifier</guilabel> check box. This
- check box toggles whether or not Orca will provide
- magnification. This option, along with the ability to
- enable speech and enable braille support, allow Orca to
- be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of
- users.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Cursor Settings</title>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enable cursor</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Color</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Custom size and width</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Cross-hair Settings</title>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enable cross-hair and size</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enable cross-hair clip</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Zoomer Settings</title>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Scale factor</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Invert colors</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Zoomer position</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Top, left, right, bottom</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Smoothing</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Mouse tracking mode</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Source display - X Window System DISPLAY of
- what should be magnified. Typically
- <userinput>:0</userinput>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Target display - X Window System DISPLAY of
- where to put the magnified area. Typically
- <userinput>:0</userinput>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Key Bindings Page</title>
- <para>The key bindings page allows you to examine and
- modify the key bindings for Orca.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Orca Modifier Key(s)</title>
- <para>The first control on the key bindings page allows
- you to eaxmine which key (or keys) acts as the "Orca
- modifier". The Orca modifier is the key that you press
- and hold in conjunction with other keys to give commands
- to Orca. For desktop keyboards, the Orca modifier
- defaults to
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>. For laptop keyboards, the Orca
- modifier defaults to the
- <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key.</para>
- <para>You cannot modify the Orca modifier key(s) using
- the Configuration GUI at this time.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Key Bindings Table</title>
- <para>The key bindings table provides a list of Orca
- operations and the keys that are bound to them.</para>
- <para>The "Function" column header is a description of
- the Ora operation to be performed.</para>
- <para>The "Key Binding" header is the primary way to
- invoke the function from the keyboard. Note that the
- function description may include the word Orca. This
- indicates that the Orca modifier key should be held down
- along with the other keys.</para>
- <para>The "Alternate" header provides an alternate
- mechanism for invoking the function from the
- keyboard.</para>
- <para>To modify either the "Key Binding" or the
- "Alternate" bindings, arrow to the cell and press
- <keycap>Return</keycap>. Then, press a key combination
- and press
- <keycap>Return</keycap> to confirm the new combination.
- When you do so, the new keystroke will be saved and the
- check box in the last column (the
- <guilabel>Modified</guilabel> column) will indicate that
- the key binding has been modified.</para>
- <para>To unmodify a modified keybinding, merely arrow to
- the modified column, uncheck the checkbox, and press the
- <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>button (
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap>
- </keycombo>).</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Text Attributes Page</title>
- <para>Orca will speak known text attribute information
- about an object when you press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo> (
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo> for laptop systems).</para>
- <para>Because the number of text attributes is large, and
- not everyone cares about every attribute, the "Text
- Attributes" tab of the configuration GUI allows you to
- customize which text attributes Orca will present.</para>
- <para>On this tab is a text attribute list, where each row
- consists of three columns:</para>
- <orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
- <listitem>
- <para>A checkbox which the user can set to indicate
- whether this text attribute should be spoken or
- not.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The name of the text attribute.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>An editable "Spoken unless" string value. By
- default, not all text attributes will have this set. If
- present, what it means (assuming the user wants this
- text attribute spoken) is that the value of the
- attribute will only be spoken if it's a different value
- than this value.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>For example, by default the "underline" text
- attribute has a value of "none". If the user has this
- attribute checked and the user presses
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo> and the text in question is not underlined, then
- this attribute is not spoken. If you always want this
- attribute to be spoken irrespective of whether the text is
- underlined, then the attribute should be checked and the
- "Spoken unless" value cleared.</para>
- <para>There is also a "Reset"
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>R</keycap>
- </keycombo> button combination present that will set the
- list values back to their initial state when the dialog was
- first displayed.</para>
- <para>When you initially display the text attribute pane,
- all your checked attributes are put at the top of the list.
- They are given in the order that they will be spoken and
- brailled.</para>
- <para>If you decide to check others or wish to adjust the
- order, there are four buttons to help you do this:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>"Move to top"
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo> - moves the selected attribute to the top of
- the list.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>"Move up one"
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>U</keycap>
- </keycombo> - moves the selected attribute up one
- row.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>"Move down one"
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>D</keycap>
- </keycombo> - moves the selected attribute down one
- row.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>"Move to bottom"
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>B</keycap>
- </keycombo> - moves the selected attribute to the bottom
- of the list.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Text attributes can also be set on an individual
- application basis. The text attribute pane is also part of
- the application specific settings dialog that is started
- when you give a particular application focus and press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo>.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Application-specific information</title>
- <section>
- <title>Accessible Applications</title>
- <para>Orca is designed to work with applications and toolkits
- that support the assistive technology service provider
- interface (AT-SPI). This includes the GNOME desktop and its
- applications, OpenOffice, Firefox, and the Java platform.
- Some applications work better than others, however, and the
- Orca community continually works to provide compelling access
- to more and more applications.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Using Adobe's Acrobat Reader</title>
- <para>We are currently working on a script for Adobe's
- Acrobat Reader, and the initial version has been contributed
- to Orca v2.17.5. Note that there is still work to do, and we
- are very encouraged by Adobe's commitment to
- accessibility.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Installation</title>
- <para>If you get Adobe Acrobat Reader directly from the
- <ulink url='http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html'>
- Adobe site</ulink>, you may find that the software will not
- launch. The symptoms: If launched from the Applications
- menu, it appears that nothing has happened. If launched
- from a terminal window, you receive a long series of syntax
- error messages. Should this occur, you will need to edit
- your /usr/bin/acroread file as described in this
- <ulink url='http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=233514'>
- Ubuntu forum thread</ulink>.</para>
- <para>If you instead choose to install Acrobat Reader from
- your distribution's packages, be sure to install both
- acroread and acroread-plugins. Without the plugins package,
- you will not have the access to the "Reading" category in
- the
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>
- <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> dialog.</para>
- <para>Note: If you use Ubuntu and cannot locate the
- acroread package, you will likely need to edit your
- /etc/apt/sources.list to include the 'multiverse'
- repository. Then run
- <userinput>apt-get update</userinput>. Having done so, you should
- then be able to install both acroread and
- acroread-plugins.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Enabling Accessibility and Caret Navigation</title>
- <para>Once you've installed Reader, you need to enable
- accessibility:</para>
- <orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
- <listitem>
- <para>In the "Accessibility" category of the
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>
- <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> dialog, make sure "Always display the
- keyboard selection cursor" (<keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>D</keycap>
- </keycombo>) is checked.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>In the "Reading" category of the
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>
- <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> dialog, make sure "Enable document
- accessibility" (<keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>E</keycap>
- </keycombo>) is checked.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Working with Untagged Documents</title>
- <para>When you open an untagged document, you will be
- presented with a dialog box asking you to specify the
- reading order and the reading mode options. The default
- reading order is "Infer reading order from document." This
- setting works well for most documents, but not all of
- them.</para>
- <para>The default reading mode will vary depending upon the
- length of the document: For short documents, the default is
- "Read the entire document"; for long documents it is "Read
- the currently visible pages only." Orca seems to provide
- much better access when "Read the entire document" is
- selected.</para>
- <para>If you find that a document seems to be missing parts
- of the text, try changing the reading options. To do so,
- get into the Document menu and select "Change Accessibility
- Reading Options..." or use the shortcut
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>5</keycap>
- </keycombo>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Page Layout</title>
- <para>The best page layout for reading a document with Orca
- is "single page". When "continuous" is chosen, moving focus
- to text as the page is scrolling can cause that text not to
- be read. You can change the page layout to "single page" by
- getting into the View menu and selecting the Page Layout
- submenu.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Navigating Tables</title>
- <para>Regarding tables: As far as we know there's not
- currently a whole lot of keyboard support for tables in
- Acrobat Reader. This, by the way, is not an Orca thing; it
- is an Acrobat Reader thing.</para>
- <para>Basically, there are the arrow keys. Their behavior
- is to move you first within the cell with focus, then to
- the next cell with data in it. Note that currently, Up and
- Down Arrow do not seem to move you vertically among cells
- -- at least that has been the experience with the tables we
- have tried. Instead, Up and Down seem to move you
- horizontally until you run out of cells on the current
- row.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Making Application Specific Settings</title>
- <para>To customize the settings for a particular application,
- you will first need to run that application. Make sure that
- that application has focus, then press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>ORCA_MODIFIER</keycap>
- <keycap>Control</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> (by default, this will be
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Control</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> for the desktop keyboard layout).</para>
- <para>This brings up a tabbed dialog window very similar to
- the generic Orca Preferences dialog, but with the following
- differences:</para>
- <orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
- <listitem>
- <para>There is no initial General pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The Speech System and Speech Synthesizer combo
- boxes on the Speech pane will be grayed out (made
- inactive).</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Any existing application specific key bindings will
- appear at the top of the list on the Key Bindings
- pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>There may be a new application specific settings
- pane at the end of the set of tabbed panes. Note that
- pressing the End key from the tab list will get you
- directly to that rightmost tab.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>Adjust your application specific Orca settings in a
- similar way to the way to set your general Orca preferences.
- For example, you may have key echo disabled generally in Orca
- but would like to specifically have it enabled for the
- gcalctool (GNOME Calculator) application. Here's where you
- could easily set that.</para>
- <para>When you have your application settings customized the
- way that you want, press the OK button. These settings will
- be written away under your
- <userinput>~/.orca/app-settings</userinput> directory in a file called
- <userinput><APPNAME>.py</userinput>, where
- <userinput><APPNAME></userinput> is the name of the
- application.</para>
- <para>These files are automatically written by Orca. The
- existing contents of that file will just be blown away each
- time you change your application settings for that
- application.</para>
- <para>If you want to have some extra application specific
- settings or code that you don't want to lose, then you should
- put it in a file called
- <userinput>
- ~/.orca/app-settings/<APPNAME>-customizations.py</userinput>.
- This file will be automatically read when the settings for
- the
- <userinput><APPNAME></userinput> application are loaded.</para>
- <para>Note that this is an advanced feature that we don't
- expect most Orca users to use. It's just there if you really
- want it.</para>
- <para>There is currently one known bug (some people would
- call it a feature) that we are trying to track down and
- fix:</para>
- <note>
- <para>If you adjust one or more application specific key
- bindings, the new values will not take immediate effect
- after you've pressed the OK button on the dialog. The
- workaround is to either restart Orca, or to Alt-Tab away to
- some other application and then Alt-Tab back to the one
- that you've just changed the key bindings for.</para>
- </note>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Braille</title>
- <para>Orca uses
- <ulink url='http://mielke.cc/brltty/'>BrlTTY</ulink> for braille
- support. Orca does not automatically start BrlTTY for you --
- you typically need to do that yourself, and it is something
- that is usually done at boot time. Start-up options are
- described in the BRTLTTY reference manual.</para>
- <para>Orca attempts to work with various releases of BrlTTY. It
- works well with BrlTTY v3.7.2, and we've also been working with
- the BrlTTY team to get it going for BrlTTY v3.8. The remainder
- of this document provides information related to using Orca
- with BRLTTY 3.8.</para>
- <para>To get Orca working with BrlTTY v3.8 requires that the
- Python bindings for BrlAPI are built/installed as part of the
- BrlTTY build/install process. Below are descriptions of the
- necessary tasks to do this for Ubuntu and Solaris. For both,
- you need to first obtain
- <ulink url='http://mielke.cc/brltty/releases/brltty-3.8.tar.gz'>
- brltty-3.8.tar.gz</ulink> from the BrlTTY site.</para>
- <para />
- <para />
- <section>
- <title>BrlTTY 3.8 on Ubuntu</title>
- <para>First, setup your build environment to build BrlTTY.
- Much of this setup is done for you automatically in the
- Ubuntu distribution with products such as G++ already
- present. In addition, YOU MUST also install tcl, Pyrex, and
- the Python developers environment. To do this, execute the
- following commands as
- <userinput>root</userinput> :</para>
- <para></para>
- <screen>
+
+<para>
+Note that in this case
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>D</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+will be used to report current information about the
+time and date.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>How do I set up my own custom scripts?</title>
+<para>
+Create an empty file named
+<userinput>~/.orca/orca-scripts/__init__.py</userinput>
+and place your custom scripts in
+<userinput>~/.orca/orca-scripts</userinput>
+, Orca will pick up any scripts from there before
+looking in the installed area.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Orca Configuration</title>
+<para>
+The Orca Configuration dialog allows you to customize
+the behavior and features of Orca, such as speech,
+Braille, and magnification. For example, you can select
+which speech synthesis engine you want to use, whether
+Braille is enabled or not, and which magnification
+preferences
+you want. You can select between laptop/desktop keyboard
+layouts and you can also examine
+and modify the existing keyboard layout with granular
+control. To bring up the Orca Configuration dialog,
+press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap><ORCA MODIFIER></keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo>, where
+<userinput><ORCA MODIFIER></userinput> is
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+when you use the desktop key bindings, and
+<keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>
+when you use the laptop key bindings.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The Orca Configuration dialog is a multi-tab
+container for several pages, each of which is
+described in the following sections.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>General Page</title>
+<para>The General page allows you to customize general
+aspects of Orca. These include the following:
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Keyboard Layout</title>
+<para>
+The keyboard layout section lets you choose between a small keyboard layout (laptop) or large keyboard layout with a numeric keypad (desktop). If you choose Laptop the Orca system key is CapsLock; for the Desktop layout
+the Orca system key is Insert.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Show Orca Main Window</title>
+<para>
+The Orca main window provides you with a graphical way
+to display the Orca Configuration dialog (also obtained
+by <keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>). Many users do not like the Orca main window because it shows up in the window manager's tab order when you press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Tab</keycap>
+</keycombo> to switch windows. By deselecting the <guilabel>Show Orca Main Window</guilabel> option, you can tell Orca to not show the Orca main window.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Quit Orca without Confirmation</title>
+<para>
+Normally when you press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Q</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+or press the
+<guibutton>Quit</guibutton>
+button in the Orca main window, Orca will pop up a
+confirmation dialog asking you if you want to quit.
+Unchecking this option prevents the confirmation
+window from appearing.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Disable gksu keyboard grab</title>
+<para>
+When running system administration commands from the
+launch menu, many distributions use an application
+known as
+<application>gksu</application>
+to authorize the user to run these commands (
+<application>gksu</application>
+is the dialog that asks you for your password). When it
+runs,
+<application>gksu</application>
+enables what is known as a "keyboard grab," which is a
+feature to prevent keyboard actions from going to any
+other application on the desktop, including Orca. The
+result of a keyboard grab is that Orca will not receive
+any keyboard events, preventing Orca from functioning
+normally.
+</para>
+<para>By selecting the
+<guibutton>Disable gksu Keyboard Grab</guibutton>
+button, you will turn off the keyboard grab behavior,
+allowing Orca to function normally with system
+administration applications.
+</para>
+
+<note>
+<para>
+The keyboard grab is a security attempt by
+<application>gksu</application>to prevent nefarious
+applications from "sniffing" the keyboard and obtaining
+your password. Please be advised that disabling
+<application>gksu</application>'s keyboard grab feature
+can expose you to such nefarious behavior.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If you do not feel comfortable with this, you can always
+use the root account for system administration purposes.
+To do so, you need to enable the root account for login,
+and then log out and back in again as root whenever you
+want to perform a system administration command.
+</para>
+</note>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Present Tooltips</title>
+<para>
+When checked, this option will tell Orca to present
+information about tooltips when they appear as the
+result of mouse hovering. Specific actions to force
+tooltips to appear, such as pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+when an object has focus, will always result in tooltips
+being presented, regardless of this setting.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Speech Page</title>
+<para>
+The speech page allows you to customize how Orca uses
+speech synthesis.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Speech</title>
+<para>
+The first control of note on the speech page is the
+<guilabel>Enable Speech</guilabel> check box. This
+check box toggles whether or not Orca will make use of
+a speech synthesizer. This option, along with the
+ability to enable Braille and magnifier support, allows
+Orca to be tailored to meet the specific needs of a
+wide variety of users.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Speech System and Speech Synthesizer</title>
+<para>
+The next two controls deal with selecting the speech
+system and synthesizer. Orca provides support for a
+growing number of speech systems. At the time of this
+writing these include GNOME-speech, Emacspeak, and an
+experimental backend for Speech Dispatcher. Depending
+on how your machine is configured, you may have all or
+none of these options. Typically, you will only have
+GNOME-speech available.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+First, determine which speech system you would like to
+use - GNOME-speech works best at this time. After making
+your selection, tab to the speech synthesizer combo box
+and choose from the list of available synthesizers.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Voice Settings</title>
+<para>
+If your synthesizer supports it, Orca can utilize
+multiple voices in order to identify special cases
+within an application, such as hyperlinks or uppercase
+text. The voice settings and person combo boxes can be
+adjusted to customize these settings to your liking.
+For example, assume you were using Fonix DECtalk and
+wanted the Betty voice to denote uppercase. To
+accomplish this, you could do the following:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Tab to the voice settings combo box, and press the
+down arrow until the uppercase voice is selected.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Tab to the person combo box, and press the down arrow
+to choose the Betty voice.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<para>
+The next three sliders in the tab order allow adjustment
+of the synthesizer's rate, pitch and volume,
+respectively.
+</para>
+<para>
+Note that you can quickly raise/lower the pitch by
+pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Up Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo> and
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Down Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>. You can also modify the speaking rate by
+pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Left Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo> and
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Punctuation Level</title>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Punctuation Level</guilabel> radio button
+group is used to adjust the amount of punctuation
+spoken by the synthesizer. The available levels are
+None, Some, Most and All.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Verbosity</title>
+<para>
+The Verbosity setting determines the amount of
+information that will be spoken in certain situations.
+For example, if it is set to <guilabel>Verbose
+</guilabel>, the synthesizer
+will speak shortcut keys for items in pull-down menus.
+When it is set to <guilabel>Brief</guilabel>,
+these shortcut keys are not announced.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Table Row Speech</title>
+<para>
+The table row speech option determines the way in which
+Orca will read items within tables. The available
+settings are <guilabel>Speak Current Row
+</guilabel> or <guilabel>Speak Current Cell</guilabel>.
+The ability to adjust this behavior can be useful in
+many situations. For example, consider the process of
+browsing email messages in Evolution. In this instance
+it may be preferable to set table speech to
+<guilabel>Speak Current Row</guilabel>, so
+arrowing through the list of messages causes all
+relevant info, such as the sender, subject, and whether
+the message has attachments, is read automatically.
+While the current row setting is active, it is still
+possible to read individual cells by using the left and
+right arrows.
+</para>
+<para>
+Note that you can quickly toggle this behavior by
+pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F11</keycap>
+</keycombo>.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Speak Indentation</title>
+<para>
+When working with code or editing documents, it is
+often desirable to be aware of justification as well as
+indentation. Selecting the
+<guilabel>Speak Indentation and Justification</guilabel>
+check box will cause Orca to provide this information.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Speak Blank Lines</title>
+<para>
+Some users desire to hear the word "blank" when
+navigating through empty lines in a document. Other
+users do not. If the
+<guilabel>Speak Blank Lines</guilabel>
+check box is selected, Orca will announce any blank
+lines.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Braille Page</title>
+<para>
+The Braille page allows you to customize various
+aspects of Braille output. Orca does not automatically
+start BrlTTY - you typically need to do this yourself,
+and it usually occurs during OS startup.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Braille Support</title>
+<para>
+The first control on the Braille page is the
+<guilabel>Enable Braille Support</guilabel> check box.
+This toggles whether or not Orca will make use of a
+Braille display. This option, along with the ability
+to enable Braille and magnifier support, allows
+Orca to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety
+of users. By default, this check box is enabled. If
+BrlTTY is not running, Orca will recover gracefully and
+will not communicate with the Braille display. If you
+configure BrlTTY later on, you need to restart Orca in
+order for it to use Braille.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Braille Monitor</title>
+<para>
+Orca's Braille monitor provides an on-screen
+representation of what takes place on the Braille
+display. This feature is mostly for demonstration
+purposes, but is also useful for Orca developers who do
+not have access to a Braille display.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Abbreviated Role Names</title>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Abbreviated Role Names</guilabel> check
+box determines the manner in which role names are
+displayed and can be used to help conserve real estate
+on the Braille display. This option is best explained by
+example:
+</para>
+<para>
+Let us assume that a slider had focus, and that the
+abbreviated role names box was not checked. In that
+case, the word "slider" would be shown on the display,
+to reflect the fact that the current control was indeed
+a slider. If the abbreviated role names box was checked,
+the word "slider" would be abbreviated to "sldr".
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Verbosity</title>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Verbosity</guilabel> radio button group
+determines the amount of information that will be
+output to Braille in certain situations. For example, if
+it is set to Verbose, keyboard shortcut and role name
+information is displayed. This information is not
+displayed in Brief mode.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Key Echo Page</title>
+<para>
+The Key Echo page allows you to specify the behavior
+of Orca when pressing keys on the page and whether
+words are spoken as you complete them.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Key Echo</title>
+<para>
+The first control on the key echo page is the
+<guilabel>Enable Key Echo</guilabel> check box. When
+this box is checked, five additional check boxes become
+available. These are
+<guilabel>Enable Alphanumeric and Punctuation Keys
+</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Enable Modifier Keys</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Enable Locking Keys</guilabel>,
+<guilabel>Enable Function Keys</guilabel>, and
+<guilabel>Enable Action Keys</guilabel>.
+</para>
+<para>
+The alphanumeric and punctuation option determines if
+letter, number and punctuation characters are echoed as
+you type them.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Modifier keys are those such as
+<keycap>Shift</keycap>,
+<keycap>Control</keycap>, and
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Locking keys include
+<keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>,
+<keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap>, and
+<keycap>Num Lock</keycap>.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Enabling function key echo will announce F1 - F12 when
+they are pressed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The action keys group consists of keys that perform
+some logical action, as
+<keycap>Backspace</keycap>,
+<keycap>Return</keycap> and
+<keycap>Tab</keycap>.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Echo by Word</title>
+<para>
+The last toggle on the Key Echo page is the
+<guilabel>Enable Echo by Word</guilabel> check box. This
+option is always available, regardless of whether any
+of the key echo options are checked. When enabled,
+whole words are spoken as typing progresses.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+In summary, the Key Echo scheme can offer a great
+deal of flexibility. For example, one user might choose
+to enable all Key Echo options, while another might
+prefer to use word echo, but only have locking keys
+announced.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Magnifier Page</title>
+<para>
+The magnifier page allows you to enable/disable
+magnification and specify how magnification is
+performed.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enable Magnifier</title>
+<para>
+The first control on the magnifier page is the
+<guilabel>Enable Magnifier</guilabel> check box. This
+toggles whether or not Orca will provide
+magnification. This option, along with the ability to
+enable speech and Braille support, allow Orca to
+be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of
+users.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Cursor Settings</title>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>Enable Cursor</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Color</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Custom Size and Width</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Cross-Hair Settings</title>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>Enable Cross-Hair and Size</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Enable Cross-Hair Clip</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Zoomer Settings</title>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>Scale factor</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Invert Colors</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Zoomer Position</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>Top, Left, Right, Bottom</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Smoothing</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>Mouse Tracking Mode</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Source Display - X Window System display of
+what should be magnified. Typically
+<userinput>:0</userinput>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Target Display - X Window System display of
+where to put the magnified area. Typically
+<userinput>:0</userinput>.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Key Bindings Page</title>
+<para>
+The key bindings page allows you to examine and
+modify the key bindings for Orca.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Orca Modifier Key(s)</title>
+<para>
+The first control on the Key Bindings page allows
+you to examine which key (or keys) acts as the "Orca
+modifier" (Orca system key). The Orca modifier is the
+key that you press and hold in conjunction with other
+keys to give commands to Orca. For desktop keyboards,
+the Orca modifier defaults to
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>.
+For laptop keyboards, the Orca modifier defaults to the
+<keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key.
+</para>
+<para>
+You cannot modify the Orca modifier key(s) using
+the Configuration dialog at this time.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Key Bindings Table</title>
+<para>
+The key bindings table provides a list of Orca
+operations and the keys that are bound to them.
+</para>
+<para>
+The "Function" column header is a description of
+the Ora operation to be performed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The "Key Binding" header is the primary way to
+invoke the function from the keyboard. Note that the
+function description may include the word Orca. This
+indicates that the Orca modifier key should be held down
+along with the other key(s).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The "Alternate" header provides an alternate
+mechanism for invoking the function from the
+keyboard.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To modify either the "Key Binding" or the
+"Alternate" bindings, arrow to the cell and press
+<keycap>Return</keycap>. Then, press a key combination
+and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to confirm the new
+combination. When you do so, the new keystroke will be
+saved and the check box in the
+<guilabel>Modified</guilabel> column will indicate that
+the key binding has been modified.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To undo a modified keybinding, arrow to the modified
+column, uncheck the checkbox, and press the
+<guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>A</keycap>
+</keycombo>).
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Text Attributes Page</title>
+<para>
+Orca will speak known text attribute information
+about an object when you press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F</keycap>
+</keycombo> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>
+<keycap>F</keycap>
+</keycombo>
+for laptop systems).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Because the number of text attributes is large, and
+not everyone cares about every attribute, the "Text
+Attributes" tab of the Configuration dialog allows you
+to customize which text attributes Orca will present.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+On this tab is a text attribute list, where each row
+consists of three columns:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+A checkbox which the user can set to indicate
+whether this text attribute should be spoken or not.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>The name of the text attribute.</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+An editable "Spoken unless" string value. By
+default, not all text attributes will have this set. If
+present, what it means (assuming the user wants this
+text attribute spoken) is that the value of the
+attribute will only be spoken if it's a different value
+than this value.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<para>
+For example, by default the "underline" text
+attribute has a value of "none". If the user has this
+attribute checked and the user presses
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F</keycap>
+</keycombo> and the text in question is not underlined,
+then this attribute is not spoken. If you always want
+this attribute to be spoken regardless of whether the
+text is underlined, then the attribute should be
+checked and the "Spoken unless" value cleared.
+</para>
+<para>
+There is also a <guibutton>Reset</guibutton> button (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>R</keycap>
+</keycombo>) that will set the
+list values back to their initial state when the dialog
+was first displayed.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+When you initially display the text attribute pane,
+all your checked attributes are put at the top of the
+list. They are given in the order that they will be
+spoken and output to Braille.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you decide to check others or wish to adjust the
+order, there are four buttons to help you do this:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para><guibutton>Move to Top</guibutton> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>T</keycap>
+</keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute to the top
+of the list.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><guibutton>Move Up One</guibutton> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>U</keycap>
+</keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute up one row.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><guibutton>Move Down One</guibutton> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>D</keycap>
+</keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute down one row.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><guibutton>Move to Bottom</guibutton> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>B</keycap>
+</keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute to the
+bottom of the list.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+Text attributes can also be set on an individual
+application basis. The text attribute pane is also part
+of the application specific settings dialog that is
+started when you give a particular application focus
+and press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo>.</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Application-Specific Information</title>
+<section>
+<title>Accessible Applications</title>
+<para>
+Orca is designed to work with applications and toolkits
+that support the Assistive Technology Service Provider
+Interface (AT-SPI). This includes the GNOME Desktop and
+its applications, OpenOffice, Firefox, and the Java
+platform. Some applications work better than others,
+however, and the Orca community continually works to
+provide superior access to more and more applications.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Using Adobe's Acrobat Reader</title>
+<para>
+We are currently working on a script for Adobe's
+Acrobat Reader, and the initial version has been
+contributed to Orca v2.17.5. Note that there is still
+work to do, and we are very encouraged by Adobe's
+commitment to accessibility.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Installation</title>
+<para>
+If you get Adobe Acrobat Reader directly from the
+<ulink url='http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/
+readstep2.html'>Adobe site</ulink>,
+you may find that the software will not
+launch. The symptoms: If launched from the Applications
+menu, it appears that nothing has happened. If launched
+from a terminal window, you receive a long series of
+syntax error messages. Should this occur, you will need
+to edit your /usr/bin/acroread file as described in this
+<ulink url='http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php
+?t=233514'>Ubuntu forum thread</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you instead choose to install Acrobat Reader from
+your distribution's packages, be sure to install both
+acroread and acroread-plugins. Without the plugins
+package, you will not have the access to the "Reading"
+category in the
+<menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> dialog.
+</para>
+<para>
+Note: If you use Ubuntu and cannot locate the
+acroread package, you will likely need to edit your
+/etc/apt/sources.list to include the 'multiverse'
+repository. Then run
+<userinput>apt-get update</userinput>.
+Having done so, you should then be able to install both
+acroread and acroread-plugins.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Enabling Accessibility and Caret Navigation</title>
+<para>
+Once you've installed Reader, you need to enable
+accessibility:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+In the "Accessibility" category of the
+<menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> dialog, make sure
+<guilabel>Always display the keyboard selection cursor
+</guilabel> (
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>D</keycap>
+</keycombo>) is checked.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+In the "Reading" category of the
+<menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
+<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> dialog, make sure
+<guilabel>Enable Document Accessibility
+</guilabel> (
+(<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>E</keycap>
+</keycombo>) is checked.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Working with Untagged Documents</title>
+<para>
+When you open an untagged document, you will be
+presented with a dialog box asking you to specify the
+reading order and the reading mode options. The default
+reading order is
+<guilabel>Infer reading order from document
+</guilabel>. This setting works well for most documents.
+</para>
+<para>
+The default reading mode will vary depending upon the
+length of the document; for short documents, the default
+is <guilabel>Read the entire document
+</guilabel>; for long documents th default is
+<guilabel>Read currently visible pages only
+</guilabel>. Orca tends to work better when
+<guilabel>Read the entire document</guilabel> is
+selected.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you find that a document seems to be missing parts
+of the text, try changing the reading options. To do so,
+get into the Document menu and select
+<guilabel>Change Accessibility Reading Options...
+</guilabel> or use the shortcut
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>5</keycap>
+</keycombo>.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Page Layout</title>
+<para>
+The best page layout for reading a document with Orca
+is <guilabel>Single Page
+</guilabel>. When <guilabel>Continuous</guilabel> is
+chosen, moving focus to text as the page is scrolling
+can cause that text not to be read. You can change the
+page layout to <guilabel>Single Page</guilabel> by
+getting into the View menu and selecting the Page
+Layout submenu.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Navigating Tables</title>
+<para>
+As far as we know there isn't
+currently a whole lot of keyboard support for tables in
+Acrobat Reader. We hope Adobe will remedy this soon.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Basically, there are the arrow keys. Their behavior
+is to move you first within the cell with focus, then
+to the next cell with data in it. Note that currently,
+Up and Down Arrow do not seem to move you vertically
+among cells - at least that has been the experience
+with the tables we have tried. Instead, Up and Down
+seem to move you horizontally until you run out of
+cells on the current row.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Making Application-Specific Settings</title>
+<para>
+To customize the settings for a particular application,
+you will first need to run that application. Make sure
+the application has focus, then press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>ORCA_MODIFIER</keycap>
+<keycap>Control</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo> (by default, this will be
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Control</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo> for the desktop keyboard layout).
+</para>
+<para>
+This brings up a tabbed dialog window very similar to
+the generic Orca Preferences dialog, but with the
+following differences:
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+There is no initial General pane.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+The Speech System and Speech Synthesizer combo
+boxes on the Speech pane will be grayed out (made
+inactive).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Any existing application-specific key bindings will
+appear at the top of the list on the Key Bindings pane.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+There may be a new application-specific settings
+pane at the end of the set of tabbed panes. Note that
+pressing the End key from the tab list will get you
+directly to the right-most tab.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<para>
+Adjust your application-specific settings in the
+same way you set your general Orca preferences.
+For example, you may have Key Echo disabled generally
+in Orca but would like to specifically have it enabled
+for the gcalctool (GNOME Calculator) application. Here's
+where you could easily set that.
+</para>
+<para>
+When you have your application settings customized the
+way you want, press the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
+These settings will be written to your
+<userinput>~/.orca/app-settings</userinput> directory
+in a file called
+<userinput><APPNAME>.py</userinput>, where
+<userinput><APPNAME></userinput> is the name of
+the application.
+</para>
+<para>
+These files are automatically written by Orca. The
+contents of the file will be overwritten each
+time you change your application settings for that
+application.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you want to have some extra application-specific
+settings or code that you don't want to lose, then you
+should put it in a file called
+<userinput>
+~/.orca/app-settings/<APPNAME>-customizations.py
+</userinput>. This file will be automatically read when
+the settings for the
+<userinput><APPNAME></userinput> application are
+loaded.
+</para>
+<para>
+Note that this is an advanced feature that we don't
+expect many people to use. It's just there if you
+really want it.
+</para>
+<para>
+There is currently one known bug (some people would
+call it a feature) that we are trying to track down and
+fix:
+</para>
+<note>
+<para>
+If you adjust one or more application-specific key
+bindings, the new values will not take effect
+until you've pressed the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
+The work-around is to either restart Orca, or Alt-Tab
+away to some other application and then Alt-Tab back to
+the one that you've just changed the key bindings for.
+</para>
+</note>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Braille</title>
+<para>
+Orca uses
+<ulink url='http://mielke.cc/brltty/'>BrlTTY</ulink>
+for Braille support. Orca does not automatically start
+BrlTTY - you typically need to do that yourself, and it
+is something that is usually done at boot time.
+Start-up options are described in the BRTLTTY reference
+manual.
+</para>
+<para>
+Orca attempts to work with various releases of BrlTTY.
+It works well with BrlTTY v3.7.2, and we've also been
+working with the BrlTTY team to get it going for BrlTTY
+v3.8. The remainder of this document provides
+information related to using Orca with BRLTTY 3.8.
+</para>
+<para>
+To get Orca working with BrlTTY v3.8 requires that the
+Python bindings for BrlAPI are built/installed as part
+of the BrlTTY build/install process. Below are
+descriptions of the necessary tasks to do this in
+Ubuntu and Solaris. For both, you need to first obtain
+<ulink url='http://mielke.cc/brltty/releases/
+brltty-3.8.tar.gz'>
+brltty-3.8.tar.gz</ulink> from the BrlTTY site.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>BrlTTY 3.8 on Ubuntu</title>
+<para>
+First, configure your build environment to build BrlTTY.
+Much of this setup is done for you automatically in the
+Ubuntu distribution with products such as G++ already
+present. In addition, <emphasis>you must</emphasis>
+also install tcl, Pyrex, and the Python developers
+environment. To do this, execute the following commands
+as <userinput>root</userinput>:
+</para>
+<para></para>
+<screen>
<![CDATA[apt-get build-dep brltty
apt-get install tcl8.4 python-pyrex python-dev
]]>
</screen>
- <para>Then, when you build BrlTTY, avoid configuring the
- package with --prefix=/usr. Use the standard procedure
- instead, executing the following commands as
- <userinput>root</userinput> :</para>
- <para></para>
- <screen>
+<para>
+Then, when you build BrlTTY, avoid configuring the
+package with --prefix=/usr. Use the standard procedure
+instead, executing the following commands as
+<userinput>root</userinput>:
+</para>
+<para></para>
+<screen>
<![CDATA[gunzip -c brltty-3.8.tar.gz | tar xvf -
cd brltty-3.8
./autogen
@@ -1188,323 +1543,409 @@
make install
]]>
</screen>
- <para>Run BrlTTY as
- <userinput>root</userinput> (need notes on automatically starting
- brltty):</para>
- <para></para>
- <screen>
+<para>
+Run BrlTTY as
+<userinput>root</userinput>:
+</para>
+<para></para>
+<screen>
<![CDATA[/bin/brltty -bauto -d/dev/ttyUSB0
]]>
</screen>
- <para>If you want, you can remove the existing
- <userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> and replace it with the
- <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput> either by copying the
- <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput> to
- <userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> or just by making a symbolic link.
- Do so at your own risk.</para>
- <para />
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Keyboard Commands</title>
- <para>This is the list of common Orca keyboard commands. Note
- that you can always enter Orca's "learn mode" while running
- Orca by pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F1</keycap>
- </keycombo>. When in learn mode, Orca will intercept all
- keyboard and braille input events and will tell you what the
- effect of them would be. To exit learn mode, press the
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>escape</keycap>
- </keycombo> key. If you are using a laptop computer, you will
- want to see the
- <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/Orca/LaptopKeyboardCommands";>
- laptop keyboard commands</ulink> page at live.gnome.org.</para>
- <section>
- <title>Commands for adjusting speech parameters</title>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> : increase speech rate</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Left Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> : decrease speech rate</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Up Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> : raise the pitch</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Down Arrow</keycap>
- </keycombo> : lower the pitch</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Flat review commands</title>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-7</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the previous line, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-8</emphasis>: Read the current
- line.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-9</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the next line, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-4</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the previous word, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-5</emphasis>: Read the current
- word.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-6</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the next word, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-1</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the previous character, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-2</emphasis>: Read the current
- character.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-3</emphasis>: Move the flat
- review cursor to the next character, and read it.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-/</emphasis>: Perform a left
- mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.</para>
- <para>
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-*</emphasis>: Perform a right
- mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.</para>
- <note>
- <para>The above commands apply when working with objects as
- well as when working with text. For example, if the flat
- review cursor were positioned on a menu bar, pressing the
- "read current line" command (
- <emphasis role="strong">Numpad-8</emphasis>) would speak
- the names of all visible menus. Similarly, pressing read
- next word would speak the object to the right of the flat
- review cursor on the same line, or move flat review to the
- next line if no more objects were found.</para>
- </note>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Bookmark commands</title>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Add a bookmark in this numbered slot. If a
- bookmark already exists at this register it will be replaced
- with the new one.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Go to the position pointed to by the bookmark
- bound to this numbered slot.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
- </keycombo> : "Where am I" information for this bookmark
- relative to the current pointer location.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>B</keycap>
- </keycombo> and
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>B</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Move between the given bookmarks for the given
- application or page.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>B</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Save the defined bookmarks for the current
- application or page.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Miscellaneous functions</title>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Numpad</keycap>
- <keycap>+</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Say all command. reads from the current position
- of the caret to the end of the document.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Numpad</keycap>
- <keycap>Enter</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Where am I command. Speaks information such as
- the title of the current application window, as well as the
- name of the control that currently has focus.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F1</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Enter learn mode (press
- <keycap>Escape</keycap>to exit)</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Speak font and attribute information for the
- current character.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Launch the Orca Configuration dialog.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Space</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Reload user settings and reinitialize services
- as necessary. In the latest versions of Orca, launch the Orca
- Configuration dialog for the current application.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>S</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Toggle speech on and off.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F11</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Toggle the reading of tables, either by single
- cell, or whole row.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>Q</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Quit orca.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Commands for debugging</title>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F3</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Report information on the currently active
- script.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F4</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Cycle through Orca's various debug
- levels.</para>
- <note>
- <para>In order for the next three commands to be of use,
- Orca needs to be started from a virtual console or via
- gnome-terminal. Output is sent only to the console (i.e.,
- it is not sent to speech or braille).</para>
- </note>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F5</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Prints a debug listing of all known applications
- to the console where Orca is running.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F7</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Prints debug information about the ancestry of
- the object with focus.</para>
- <para>
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Insert</keycap>
- <keycap>F8</keycap>
- </keycombo> : Prints debug information about the application
- with focus.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>Troubleshooting</title>
- <section>
- <title>Orca is not speaking. What is going wrong?</title>
- <para>See
- <ulink url='http://live.gnome.org/Orca/GnomeSpeech'>
- Troubleshooting Speech</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- <section>
- <title>My desktop has stopped responding. What do I
- do?</title>
- <para>If you can get to a terminal (or press
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>F2</keycap>
- </keycombo> to open the "Run Command" dialog box), try
- restarting Orca by issuing another Orca command in a terminal
- window. This will force any existing Orca process to exit and
- will then restart Orca. This sometimes has the effect of
- unhanging the desktop (which is usually due to an ill-behaved
- application).</para>
- <para>If you cannot get to a terminal window, try pressing
- <keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Backspace</keycap>
- </keycombo> to kill the X Window System server. This should
- have the effect of returning you to the login screen.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
+<para>
+If you want, you can remove the existing
+<userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> and replace it with
+the <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput> either by copying
+the <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput> to
+<userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> or just by making a
+symbolic link. Do so at your own risk.
+</para>
+<para />
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Keyboard Commands</title>
+<para>
+This is the list of common Orca keyboard commands. Note
+that you can always enter Orca's "learn mode" while
+running Orca by pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo>. When in learn mode, Orca will intercept all
+keyboard and Braille input events and will tell you what
+the effect of them would be. To exit learn mode, press
+the <keycombo><keycap>escape</keycap></keycombo> key.
+If you are using a laptop computer, you will want to see
+the
+<ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/Orca/
+LaptopKeyboardCommands">
+laptop keyboard commands</ulink>
+page at live.gnome.org.
+</para>
+
+<section>
+<title>Commands for adjusting speech parameters</title>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Right Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>: increase speech rate
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Left Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>: decrease speech rate
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Up Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>: raise the pitch
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Down Arrow</keycap>
+</keycombo>: lower the pitch
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Flat Review Commands</title>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-7</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the previous line and read it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-8</emphasis>: Read the
+current line.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-9</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the next line and read it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-4</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the previous word, and read it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-5</emphasis>: Read the
+current word.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-6</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the next word and read it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-1</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the previous character and read
+it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-2</emphasis>: Read the
+current character.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-3</emphasis>: Move the
+flat review cursor to the next character and read it.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-/</emphasis>: Perform a
+left mouse click at the location of the flat review
+cursor.
+</para>
+<para>
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-*</emphasis>: Perform a
+right mouse click at the location of the flat review
+cursor.
+</para>
+<note>
+<para>
+The above commands apply when working with objects as
+well as when working with text. For example, if the
+flat review cursor were positioned on a menu bar,
+pressing the "read current line" command (
+<emphasis role="strong">Numpad-8</emphasis>) would
+speak the names of all visible menus. Similarly,
+pressing "read next word" would speak the object to the
+right of the flat review cursor on the same line, or
+move flat review to the next line if no more objects
+were found.
+</para>
+</note>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Bookmark Commands</title>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
+</keycombo>: add a bookmark in this numbered slot. If a
+bookmark already exists it will be replaced.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
+</keycombo>: go to the position pointed to by the
+bookmark bound to this numbered slot.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>[1-6]</keycap>
+</keycombo>: "Where am I" information for this bookmark
+relative to the current pointer location.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>B</keycap>
+</keycombo> and
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Shift</keycap>
+<keycap>B</keycap>
+</keycombo>: move between the given bookmarks for the
+given application or page.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>B</keycap>
+</keycombo>: save the defined bookmarks for the current
+application or page.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Miscellaneous Functions</title>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Numpad</keycap>
+<keycap>+</keycap>
+</keycombo>: "say all" command; reads from the current
+position of the caret to the end of the document.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Numpad</keycap>
+<keycap>Enter</keycap>
+</keycombo>: "where am I" command; speaks information
+such as the title of the current application window
+as well as the name of the control that currently has
+focus.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F1</keycap>
+</keycombo>: enter learn mode (press
+<keycap>Escape</keycap> to exit)</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F</keycap>
+</keycombo>: speak font and attribute information for
+the current character.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo>: launch the Orca Configuration dialog.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Space</keycap>
+</keycombo>: reload user settings and reinitialize
+services as necessary. In the latest versions of Orca,
+launch the Orca Configuration dialog for the current
+application.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>S</keycap>
+</keycombo>: toggle speech on and off.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F11</keycap>
+</keycombo>: toggle table-reading mode between
+single cell or entire row.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>Q</keycap>
+</keycombo>: quit Orca.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
+<title>Commands for Debugging</title>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F3</keycap>
+</keycombo>: report information on the currently
+active script.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F4</keycap>
+</keycombo>: cycle through Orca's various debug levels.
+</para>
+<note>
+<para>
+In order for the next three commands to be of use, Orca
+needs to be started from a virtual console or via
+gnome-terminal. Output is sent only to the console
+(i.e., it is not sent to speech or Braille).
+</para>
+</note>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F5</keycap>
+</keycombo>: prints a debug listing of all known
+applications to the console where Orca is running.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F7</keycap>
+</keycombo>: prints debug information about the
+ancestry of the object with focus.
+</para>
+<para>
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Insert</keycap>
+<keycap>F8</keycap>
+</keycombo>: prints debug information about the current
+application.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+<section>
+<title>Troubleshooting</title>
+<section>
+<title>Orca is not speaking. What is going wrong?</title>
+<para>
+See
+<ulink url='http://live.gnome.org/Orca/GnomeSpeech'>
+Troubleshooting Speech</ulink>.
+</para>
+</section>
+<section>
+<title>My desktop has stopped responding. What do I do?
+</title>
+<para>
+If you can get to a terminal (or press
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>F2</keycap>
+</keycombo> to open the "Run Command" dialog box), try
+restarting Orca by issuing another Orca command in a
+terminal window. This will force any existing Orca
+process to exit and will then restart Orca. This
+sometimes has the effect of unhanging the desktop
+(which is usually due to an ill-behaved application).
+</para>
+<para>If you cannot get to a terminal window, try
+pressing
+<keycombo>
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+<keycap>Alt</keycap>
+<keycap>Backspace</keycap>
+</keycombo>: shut down the X Window System server. This
+should return you to the login screen.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
</section>
<section id="themes-0">
<title>Desktop Appearance Enhancement</title>
-<para>This chapter describes the methods you can use to change the appearance
-of the GNOME Desktop
-to enhance the accessibility of the desktop for users with visual impairments.</para>
+<para>
+This chapter describes the methods you can use to
+change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop in order
+to enhance
+the accessibility of the desktop for users with visual
+impairments.
+</para>
+
<section id="themes-1">
<title>Customization Options</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>There are a number of methods to enable you to customize the appearance
-of the GNOME Desktop
-to suit your specific needs, as follows:</para>
+<para>
+There are several ways to customize
+the appearance of the GNOME Desktop to suit your
+specific needs:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Themes</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Themes are the most effective
-way to change the appearance of the desktop in a consistent manner. See <xref linkend="themes-2"/> for more information about themes and how to use themes
-to achieve the type of desktop environment that you require.</para>
+<para>
+Themes are the most effective
+way to change the appearance of the desktop in a
+consistent manner. See
+<xref linkend="themes-2"/>
+for more information about themes and how to use them
+to achieve the type of desktop environment that you
+require.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
-<term>Desktop and application-specific configuration settings</term>
+<term>Desktop and Application-Specific Configuration
+Settings
+</term>
<listitem>
-<para>You can customize different components of the desktop
-individually to achieve the display settings that you require. You can configure
-the desktop and applications in addition to using themes or as an alternative
-to using themes. See <xref linkend="themes-7"/> for more information.</para>
+<para>
+You can customize different components of the desktop
+to achieve the display settings that you require. You
+can configure the desktop and applications in addition
+to using themes or as an alternative
+to themes. See <xref linkend="themes-7"/> for more
+information.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
-<para>The following table summarizes the changes that you can
-make to the GNOME Desktop and where you can make the changes. This guide does not provide
-detailed instructions about how to customize the desktop. For detailed instructions
-about how to use the customization tools that the desktop provides, refer
-to the Help for each tool or to the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs">User Guide</ulink>.</para>
+<para>
+The following table summarizes the changes that you can
+make to the GNOME Desktop and where you can make the
+changes. This guide does not provide
+detailed instructions about how to customize the
+desktop. For detailed instructions
+about how to use the customization tools that the
+desktop provides, refer to the Help for each tool or to
+the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs">
+User Guide</ulink>.
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="themes-TBL-1">
-<title>Quick Reference to Customizing the Appearance of the Desktop</title>
+<title>Quick Reference to Customizing the Appearance of
+the Desktop
+</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33.04*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="14.50*"/>
@@ -1514,45 +1955,68 @@
<para>To change the...</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Use...</para>
+<para>Use...
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Overall appearance of the desktop to use high
-contrast colors, low contrast colors, or large print.</para>
+<para>
+Overall appearance of the desktop to use high
+contrast colors, low contrast colors, or large print.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>The <application>Theme</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>The <application>Theme</application> Preference
+tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Appearance of the desktop background only.</para>
+<para>
+Appearance of the desktop background only.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>The <application>Desktop Background</application> preference tool and the file manager <guilabel>Backgrounds
-and Emblems</guilabel> menu item.</para>
+<para>
+The <application>Desktop Background</application>
+Preference tool and the file manager
+<guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> menu item.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Font displayed on the desktop background and
-in all desktop applications.</para>
+<para>
+Font displayed on the desktop background and
+in all desktop applications.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>The <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>The <application>Font</application> Preference
+tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Default font settings of the <application>Text Editor</application>, <application>Terminal</application> or <application>Help</application> application.</para>
+<para>
+Default font settings of the <application>Text Editor
+</application>, <application>Terminal</application> or
+<application>Help</application> application.
+</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>By default, these applications use the default application font that is specified
-in the <application>Font</application> preference tool but can be overridden in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog for the application.</para>
+<para>
+Normally these applications use the default
+application font that is specified in the
+<application>Font</application> Preference tool but can
+be overridden in the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel>
+dialog for the application.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1561,72 +2025,104 @@
</section>
<section id="themes-2">
<title>Using Themes to Customize the Desktop</title>
-<para>This section describes how to use themes to customize the appearance
-of the GNOME Desktop.</para>
+<para>
+This section describes how to use themes to customize
+the appearance of the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+
<section id="themes-3">
<title>Introduction to Themes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>themes</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A theme is a group of
-coordinated settings that specifies how a desktop component or a group of
-desktop components appears. You can use themes to modify and control the appearance
-of the desktop in a consistent manner. When you apply a theme, the system
-modifies many desktop components simultaneously to achieve the desired effect.
-For example, if you apply a theme that increases the font size across the
-desktop, the theme also modifies the size of panels and icons on the desktop
-for optimum compatibility with the font size. </para>
-<para>A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the desktop
-as follows: </para>
+<para>
+A theme is a group of coordinated settings that
+specifies how a desktop component or a group of
+desktop components appears. You can use themes to
+modify and control the appearance of the desktop in a
+consistent manner. When you apply a theme, the system
+modifies many desktop components simultaneously to
+achieve the desired effect.
+For example, if you apply a theme that increases the
+font size across the
+desktop, the theme also modifies the size of panels and
+icons on the desktop
+for optimum compatibility with the font size.
+</para>
+<para>
+A theme contains settings that affect different parts of
+the desktop:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Controls</term>
<listitem>
-<para>The controls setting for
-a theme determines the visual appearance of all windows, applications, panels,
-and panel applications. The controls setting also determines the visual appearance
-of the GNOME-compliant interface items that appear on windows, applications,
-panels, and panel applications, such as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of
-the controls options that are available in the desktop are designed for special
-accessibility needs.</para>
+<para>
+The controls setting for a theme determines the visual
+appearance of all windows, applications, panels,
+and panel applications. The controls setting also
+determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant
+interface items that appear on windows, applications,
+panels, and panel applications, such as menus, icons,
+and buttons. Some of
+the control options that are available in the desktop
+are designed for special accessibility needs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
-<term>Window border</term>
+<term>Window Border</term>
<listitem>
-<para>The window frame setting
-determines the appearance of the border around windows only.</para>
+<para>
+The window frame setting determines the appearance of
+the border around windows only.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Icon</term>
<listitem>
-<para>The icon setting determines
-the appearance of icons on panels and on the desktop background.</para>
+<para>
+The icon setting determines the appearance of icons on
+panels and on the desktop background.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-4">
-<title>To Choose a Theme</title>
+<title>Choosing Themes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>themes</primary>
<secondary>desktop</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To choose a theme, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>To choose a theme, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The themes
-are listed under the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel>
-tab.</para>
+<para>
+Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>
+Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appearance
+</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The themes
+are listed under the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on a theme in the list box to choose a new theme. The
-system automatically applies the theme to the desktop. </para>
-<para>There are several themes available that suit different accessibility
-needs, as described in the following table:</para>
+<para>
+Click on a theme in the list box to choose a new theme.
+The system automatically applies the theme to the
+desktop.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+There are several themes available that suit different
+accessibility needs, as described in the following
+table:
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="themes-TBL-2">
-<title>Themes Designed for Accessibility Requirements</title>
+<title>Themes Designed for Accessibility Requirements
+</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
@@ -1648,8 +2144,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides dark text on a light background using high
-contrast colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides dark text on a light background using
+high-contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1659,8 +2157,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Provides
-light text on a dark background using high contrast colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides light text on a dark background using
+high-contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1670,10 +2170,14 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>This theme suggests an increased
-font size of 18pt. The background and foreground colors are the same as those
-specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop theme. To apply the
-suggested font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button.</para>
+<para>
+This theme suggests an increased font size of 18pt. The
+background and foreground colors are the same as those
+specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop
+theme. To apply the
+suggested font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font
+</guibutton> button.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1683,9 +2187,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>This theme suggests an increased
-font size of 18pt using dark text on a light background. To apply the
-suggested font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button.</para>
+<para>
+This theme suggests an increased font size of 18pt using
+dark text on a light background. To apply the suggested
+font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton>
+button.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1695,9 +2202,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>This theme suggests an increased
-font size of 18pt using light text on a dark background. To apply the
-suggested font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button.</para>
+<para>
+This theme suggests an increased font size of 18pt using
+light text on a dark background. To apply the suggested
+font, click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton>
+button.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
@@ -1705,38 +2215,59 @@
</table>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>To view the controls, window frame, and icon settings that are associated
-with a theme, select a theme in the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel>
-dialog, then click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog contains a tabbed section for each setting
-category. Each tabbed section lists the options that are available and the
-current setting for the theme is highlighted. </para>
+<para>
+To view the controls, window frame, and icon settings
+that are associated with a theme, select a theme in the
+<guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel>
+dialog, then click on the <guibutton>Theme Details
+</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Theme Details
+</guilabel> dialog contains a tabbed section for each
+setting category. Each tabbed section lists the options
+that are available and the current setting for the theme
+is highlighted.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-20">
-<title>To Modify the Controls Setting for a Theme</title>
-<para>To modify the controls setting that is associated with a theme, perform
-the following steps: </para>
+<title>Modifying the Controls Setting for a Theme</title>
+<para>
+To modify the controls setting that is associated with a
+theme, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog, select
-the theme that you want to modify. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
+select the theme that you want to modify.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button.
-The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button.
+The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is
+displayed.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tab to display
-the controls options that are available. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tab to
+display the controls options that are available.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the controls option that you want to associate with
-the current theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
-The following table lists the controls options that are suitable for accessibility
-needs. </para>
+<para>
+Select the controls option that you want to associate
+with the current theme from the list box, then click
+<guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following table lists
+the controls options that are suitable for accessibility
+needs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<table frame="topbot">
-<title>Controls Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements</title>
+<title>Controls Options Designed for Accessibility
+Requirements
+</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
@@ -1758,8 +2289,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides dark text on a light background using high
-contrast colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides dark text on a light background using
+high-contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1769,8 +2302,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Provides
-light text on a dark background using high contrast colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides light text on a dark background using
+high-contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1780,8 +2315,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Uses low contrast colors for
-the background and foreground text. </para>
+<para>
+Uses low contrast colors for the background and
+foreground text.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1791,9 +2328,14 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Increases the size of controls
-to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool. The background and foreground colors are
-the same as those specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop theme.</para>
+<para>
+Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger
+fonts. To increase the font size, you must use the
+<application>Font</application> Preference tool. The
+background and foreground colors are the same as those
+specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop
+theme.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1803,10 +2345,13 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides dark text on a light background using high
-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts.
-To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application>
-preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Provides dark text on a light background using
+high-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to
+accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you
+must use the <application>Font</application>
+Preference tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1816,10 +2361,13 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides light text on a dark background using high
-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts.
-To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application>
-preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Provides light text on a dark background using
+high-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to
+accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you
+must use the <application>Font</application>
+Preference tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1829,73 +2377,107 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Uses
-low contrast colors for the background and foreground text. Increases the
-size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you
-must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Uses low-contrast colors for the background and
+foreground text. Increases the size of controls to
+accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size,
+you must use the <application>Font</application>
+Preference tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-5">
-<title>To Modify the Window Border Setting for a Theme</title>
+<title>Modifying the Window Border Setting for a Theme
+</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>themes</primary>
<secondary>window border</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To modify the window border setting that is associated with a theme,
-perform the following steps: </para>
+<para>
+To modify the window border setting that is associated
+with a theme, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog, select
-the theme that you want to modify. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
+select the theme that you want to modify.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button.
-The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton>
+button. The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog
+is displayed.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display
-the window frame options that are available. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to
+display the window frame options that are available.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the window frame option that you want to associate
-with the current theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
-The <guilabel>Atlanta</guilabel> option is an accessible option. </para>
+<para>
+Select the window frame option that you want to
+associate with the current theme from the list box,
+then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
+The <guilabel>Atlanta</guilabel> option is an
+accessible option.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-19">
-<title>To Modify the Icon Setting for a Theme</title>
+<title>Modifying the Icon Setting for a Theme</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>themes</primary>
<secondary>icon</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To modify the icon setting that is associated with a theme, perform
-the following steps: </para>
+<para>
+To modify the icon setting that is associated with a
+theme, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog, select
-the theme that you want to modify. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Theme Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
+select the theme that you want to modify.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton> button.
-The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Theme Details</guibutton>
+button. The <guilabel>Theme Details</guilabel> dialog
+is displayed.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the
-icon options that are available. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display
+the icon options that are available.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the icon option that you want to associate with the
-theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following
-table lists the icon options that are suitable for accessibility needs.</para>
+<para>
+Select the icon option that you want to associate with
+the theme from the list box, then click
+<guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following
+table lists the icon options that are suitable for
+accessibility needs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<table frame="topbot">
-<title>Icon Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements</title>
+<title>Icon Options Designed for Accessibility
+Requirements
+</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
@@ -1917,8 +2499,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides dark on light icons using high contrast
-colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides dark-on-light icons using high-contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1928,8 +2511,9 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Provides
-light on dark icons using high contrast colors.</para>
+<para>
+Provides light-on-dark icons using high contrast colors.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1939,8 +2523,10 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Uses low contrast colors for
-the background and foreground text. </para>
+<para>
+Uses low-contrast colors for the background and
+foreground text.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
@@ -1950,9 +2536,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>The background and foreground
-colors are the same as those specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
-desktop theme. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+The background and foreground colors are the same as
+those specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel>
+desktop theme. To increase the font size, you must use
+the <application>Font</application> Preference tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1962,8 +2551,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides dark text on a light background using high
-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Provides dark text on a light background using
+high-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you
+must use the <application>Font</application> Preference
+tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1973,8 +2566,12 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
-<para>Provides light text on a dark background using high
-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Provides light text on a dark background using
+high-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you
+must use the <application>Font</application> Preference
+tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1984,80 +2581,128 @@
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
-<para>Uses
-low contrast colors for the background and foreground text. To increase the
-font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Uses low-contrast colors for the background and
+foreground text. To increase the font size, you must use
+the <application>Font</application> Preference tool.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-6">
-<title>To Create Your Own Themes</title>
+<title>Creating Your Own Themes</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>themes</primary>
-<secondary>creating your own</secondary>
+<secondary>creating own</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>For information about how to create your own themes, see
-the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:system-admin-guide?themes-0">System Administration Guide</ulink>. </para>
+<para>
+For information about how to create your own themes,
+see the <ulink type="help"
+url="ghelp:system-admin-guide?themes-0">
+System Administration Guide</ulink>.
+</para>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-7">
-<title>Customizing Specific Components of the Desktop</title>
-<para>This section describes how to customize specific components of the desktop
-individually.</para>
+<title>Customizing Specific Components of the Desktop
+</title>
+<para>
+This section describes how to customize specific
+components of the desktop individually.
+</para>
+
<section id="themes-8">
-<title>To Customize the Desktop Background</title>
+<title>Customizing the Desktop Background</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
+<primary>customizing desktop appearance</primary>
<secondary>desktop background</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The themes do not affect the
-desktop background. Therefore to modify the desktop background to complement
-your desktop, you must customize the desktop background separately using the <application>Desktop Background</application> preference tool. To start the <application>Desktop Background</application> preference tool,choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and choose a background from the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab.</para>
+<para>
+The themes do not affect the desktop background.
+Therefore to modify the desktop background to
+complement your desktop, you must customize the
+desktop background separately using the
+<application>Desktop Background</application>
+Preference tool. To start the
+<application>Desktop Background</application>
+Preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>
+System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
+<guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and
+choose a background from the <guilabel>Background
+</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-9">
-<title>To Customize Desktop Background Objects</title>
+<title>Customizing Desktop Background Objects</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
+<primary>customizing desktop appearance</primary>
<secondary>desktop background objects</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The size of the icons
-that are displayed on the desktop background is controlled by the <application>File Management</application> preference tool. To change the size of the icons,
-perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+The size of the icons that are displayed on the desktop
+background is controlled by the <application>
+File Management</application> Preference tool. To
+change the size of the icons, perform the following
+steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>File Manager</application> window, choose the <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu item.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>File Manager</application> window,
+choose the <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu
+item.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Icon View Defaults</guilabel> group, select
-the zoom level that you require in the <guilabel>Default zoom level</guilabel>
-drop-down list.</para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Icon View Defaults</guilabel> group,
+select the zoom level that you require in the
+<guilabel>Default Zoom Level</guilabel> drop-down list.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-10">
-<title>To Customize Fonts</title>
+<title>Customizing Fonts</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
+<primary>customizing desktop appearance</primary>
<secondary>fonts</secondary>
</indexterm>
<anchor id="themes-13"/>
<anchor id="themes-14"/>
-<para>This section describes how to customize
-the font settings for the desktop and frequently-used applications.</para>
-<para>If you have difficulty with the default font type and font size that
-is used on the desktop and desktop background, you can customize the font
-settings to suit your needs. </para>
-<para>You can specify individual font settings for the following desktop components
-and applications: </para>
+<para>
+This section describes how to customize
+the font settings for the desktop and frequently-used
+applications.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you have difficulty with the default font type and
+font size that is used on the desktop and desktop
+background, you can customize the font settings to suit
+your needs.
+</para>
+<para>
+You can specify individual font settings for the
+following desktop components and applications:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Entire desktop excluding the desktop background</para>
+<para>
+Entire desktop (excluding the desktop background)
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Desktop background only</para>
@@ -2066,7 +2711,7 @@
<para>Terminal</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Text editor</para>
+<para>Text Editor</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Help</para>
@@ -2076,68 +2721,95 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<section id="themes-11">
-<title>To Customize the Desktop Fonts</title>
+<title>Customizing Desktop Fonts</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
+<primary>customizing desktop appearance</primary>
<secondary>desktop fonts</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The <application>Font</application>
-preference tool allows you to specify the default fonts for the desktop. </para>
-<para>To start the <application>Font</application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> tab contains the following options: </para>
+<para>
+The <application>Font</application> Preference tool
+allows you to specify the default fonts for the desktop.
+</para>
+<para>
+To start the <application>Font</application> Preference
+tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
+Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>
+Fonts</guilabel> tab contains the following options:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Application font</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Application Font</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on this button to select a default font to use for the text that
-is displayed on the desktop, including the text displayed on the windows and
-dialogs associated with GNOME-compliant applications and panel applications.</para>
+<para>
+Click on this button to select a default font to use
+for the text that is displayed on the desktop,
+including the text displayed on the windows and
+dialogs associated with GNOME-compliant applications
+and panel applications.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>If you use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool
-to select a theme and you click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button,
-the font that is associated with the theme overrides the font that you select
-using the <application>Font</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+If you use the <application>Theme</application>
+Preference tool to select a theme and you click on the
+<guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button,
+the font that is associated with the theme overrides
+the font that you select using the <application>Font
+</application> Preference tool.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Document font</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Document Font</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on this button to select a font to use for displaying documents.</para>
+<para>
+Click on this button to select a font to use for
+displaying documents.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Desktop Font</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on this button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed
-on the desktop background only.</para>
+<para>
+Click on this button to select a font to use for the
+text that is displayed on the desktop background only.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
-<term><guilabel>Window title font</guilabel> </term>
+<term><guilabel>Window Title Font</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on this
-button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed in titlebars
-of your windows.</para>
+<para>
+Click on this button to select a font to use for the
+text that is displayed in the titlebar area
+of windows.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
-<term><guilabel>Fixed width font</guilabel> </term>
+<term><guilabel>Fixed Width Font</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on this button
-to select a font to use for editing documents.</para>
+<para>
+Click on this button to select a font to use for editing
+documents.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
-<term><guilabel>Font rendering</guilabel> </term>
+<term><guilabel>Font Rendering</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
-<para>To specify how to
-render fonts on the desktop, select one of the following options:</para>
+<para>
+To specify how to render fonts on the desktop, select
+one of the following options:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
@@ -2146,17 +2818,17 @@
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
-<guilabel>Best shapes</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Best Shapes</guilabel>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
-<guilabel>Best contrast</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Best Contrast</guilabel>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
-<guilabel>Subpixel smoothing</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Subpixel Smoothing</guilabel>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -2164,119 +2836,199 @@
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<note>
-<para>If you use large fonts, you may need to change the size of panes
-in applications that use panes such as, the file manager and the Help browser. </para>
+<para>
+If you use large fonts, you may need to change the size
+of panes in some applications, such as the
+file manager and Help browser.
+</para>
</note>
-<para>For more information about the <application>Font</application> preference
-tool, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-font">User Guide</ulink>. </para>
+<para>
+For more information about the <application>Font
+</application> Preference tool, see the
+<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-font">
+User Guide</ulink>.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-cust">
-<title>To Customize Application Fonts</title>
+<title>Customizing Application Fonts</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>customizing the desktop appearance</primary>
-<secondary>individual font</secondary>
+<primary>custom desktop appearance</primary>
+<secondary>set choose individual font</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>By default, GNOME applications use the default font specified in the <application>Font</application> preference tool. Some applications allow this default font to be customized. These applications are:</para>
+<para>
+By default, GNOME applications use the default font
+specified in the <application>Font</application>
+Preference tool. Some applications allow this default
+font to be customized. These applications are:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide#yelp">Help Browser</ulink> </para>
+<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide#yelp">
+Help Browser</ulink>
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit?gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors">Text Editor</ulink> </para>
+<para>
+<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit?
+gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors">
+Text Editor</ulink> </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-terminal#gnome-terminal-prefs-general">Terminal</ulink> </para>
+<para>
+<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-terminal#
+gnome-terminal-prefs-general">
+Terminal</ulink>
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:epiphany#ephy-customize">Web Browser</ulink> </para>
+<para>
+<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:epiphany#
+ephy-customize">Web Browser</ulink>
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-15">
<title>Meeting Specific Accessibility Needs</title>
-<para>The following sections summarize the steps you need to take to improve
-the accessibility of the desktop in a particular area. </para>
+<para>
+The following sections summarize the steps you need to
+take to improve the accessibility of the desktop in a
+particular area.
+</para>
+
<section id="themes-16">
-<title>To Achieve a High or Low Contrast Desktop</title>
+<title>Achieving a High- or Low-Contrast Desktop</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>high contrast desktop</primary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>low contrast desktop</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To achieve a high
-or low contrast desktop, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To achieve a high- or low-contrast desktop, perform the
+following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to
-select the high contrast or low contrast desktop theme that you require.</para>
+<para>
+Use the <application>Theme</application> Preference
+tool to select the high-contrast or low-contrast
+desktop theme that you require.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the <application>Desktop Background</application> preference
-tool to customize your desktop background as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Use the <application>Desktop Background</application>
+Preference tool to customize your desktop background as
+follows:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Set the <guilabel>Desktop Wallpaper</guilabel> to <guilabel>No Wallpaper</guilabel>.</para>
+<para>
+Set the <guilabel>Desktop Wallpaper</guilabel> to
+<guilabel>No Wallpaper</guilabel>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Set the <guilabel>Desktop Colors</guilabel> to <guilabel>Solid Color</guilabel>.</para>
+<para>
+Set the <guilabel>Desktop Colors</guilabel> to
+<guilabel>Solid Color</guilabel>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select a background color that suits your needs.</para>
+<para>
+Select a background color that suits your needs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <application>Terminal</application> application, ensure
-that the <guilabel>Use colors from system theme</guilabel> option is selected
-in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing
-Profile</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+In the <application>Terminal</application> application,
+ensure that the <guilabel>Use colors from system theme
+</guilabel> option is selected in the <guilabel>Colors
+</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing
+Profile</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <application>gedit</application> application, ensure
-that the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> option is selected
-in the <guilabel>Fonts & Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+In the <application>gedit</application> application,
+ensure that the <guilabel>Use default theme colors
+</guilabel> option is selected in the <guilabel>
+Fonts & Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the
+<guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="themes-17">
-<title>To Achieve a Large Print Desktop</title>
+<title>Achieving a Large Print Desktop</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>large print desktop</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To achieve
-a large print desktop, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To achieve a large-print desktop, perform the following
+steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the <application>Theme</application> preference tool to
-select the <guilabel>Large Print</guilabel> theme.</para>
+<para>
+Use the <application>Theme</application> Preference tool
+to select the <guilabel>Large Print</guilabel> theme.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button to increase
-the size of the font that is used on the desktop and on window frames.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button
+to increase the size of the font that is used on the
+desktop and on window frames.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel> option in the <application>Font</application> preference tool to increase the font that is displayed
-on desktop background objects.</para>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Desktop Font</guilabel> option in the
+<application>Font</application> Preference tool to
+increase the font that is displayed on desktop
+background objects.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Increase the font size that is used to display the contents
-of the <application>Terminal</application> application window. </para>
+<para>
+Increase the font size that is used to display the
+contents of the <application>Terminal</application>
+application window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>If the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option
-is selected in the <application>gedit</application> <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, <application>gedit</application> uses the font size that
-is specified in the large print theme that you selected. However, if the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option is not selected, increase the font
-size that is used to display the contents of the <application>gedit</application>
-text editor window. See the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit?gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors"> gedit manual</ulink> for more information.</para>
+<para>
+If the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel>
+option is selected in the <application>gedit
+</application> <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
+<application>gedit</application> uses the font size that
+is specified in the large-print theme that you selected.
+However, if the <guilabel>Use default theme font
+</guilabel> option is not selected, increase the font
+size that is used to display the contents of the
+<application>gedit</application>
+text editor window. See the <ulink type="help"
+url="ghelp:gedit?gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors">
+gedit manual</ulink> for more information.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>If you use applications that use panes, such as the file manager
-and the Help browser, you may need to change the size of panes to accommodate
-the large print. See the online help for the appropriate application for more
-information.</para>
+<para>
+If you use applications that use panes, such as the
+file manager and Help browser, you may need to change
+the size of panes to accommodate the large print. See
+the online help for the appropriate application for
+more information.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/mobility.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/mobility.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/mobility.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,10 +1,35 @@
<chapter id="ats-1">
<title>Mobility Impairments</title>
-<para>Mobility impairments can be caused by arthritis, stroke, cerebral palsy, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, and loss of limbs or digits, among others. Poor muscle control or weaknesses can make using standard keyboards and mouse devices difficult. For instance, some people are unable to type two keys simultaneously, while others tend to hit multiple keys or to bounce keys when pressing or releasing them. People who are able to use only one hand likewise have difficulties with some keyboard and mouse tasks. </para>
-<para>The technologies which can assist those with mobility impairments are:</para>
+<para>
+Mobility impairments can be caused by arthritis, stroke,
+cerebral palsy, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis,
+and loss of limbs or digits, among others. Poor muscle
+control or weakness can make using standard keyboards
+and mouse devices difficult. For instance, some people
+are unable to type two keys simultaneously, while
+others tend to hit multiple keys or to bounce keys when
+pressing or releasing them. People who are able to use
+only one hand likewise have difficulties with some
+keyboard and mouse tasks.
+</para>
+<para>
+The technologies which can assist those with mobility
+impairments are:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>On-Screen Keyboard</emphasis> - lets users select keys using a pointing method such as pointing devices, switches, or Morse-code input systems.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Mouse and Keyboard Enhancements</emphasis> - helpful for users who have trouble typing and controlling a mouse or a keyboard.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><emphasis>On-Screen Keyboard</emphasis>
+ - lets users select keys using a pointing method such
+as pointing devices, switches, or Morse-code input
+systems.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<emphasis>Mouse and Keyboard Enhancements
+</emphasis> - helpful for users who have trouble typing
+and controlling a mouse or a keyboard.
+</para>
+</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<section>
@@ -15,108 +40,185 @@
<indexterm>
<primary>GOK</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
-application displays virtual keyboards on your desktop. You can use the standard
-mouse pointer or alternative pointing device to operate the virtual keyboards. <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> displays the following types of keyboards:</para>
+<para>
+The <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+application displays virtual keyboards on your desktop.
+You can use the standard
+mouse pointer or alternative pointing device to operate
+the virtual keyboards.
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> displays
+the following types of keyboards:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Compose keyboards that enable you to compose text. To type
-alphanumeric characters, you select the characters on the compose keyboard.</para>
+<para>
+Composer Keyboards enable you to compose text. To
+type alphanumeric characters, you select the characters
+on the composer keyboard.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Dynamic keyboards that <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
-generates to reflect the applications that are currently running on the desktop.
-For example, <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> generates keyboards
-that contain keys to represent the applications that are running on your desktop
-or the menus that are contained in an application. </para>
+<para>
+Dynamic Keyboards reflect the applications
+that are currently running on the desktop. For example,
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> generates
+dynamic keyboards that contain keys to represent the
+applications that are running on your desktop
+or the menus that are contained in an application.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>To start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibility</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>On-Screen
-Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. For more information about the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gok"> Help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application></ulink>.</para>
+<para>
+To start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>,
+choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Accessibility</guisubmenu>
+<guimenuitem>On-Screen Keyboard</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>. For more information about the
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+application, see the <ulink type="help"
+url="ghelp:gok"> Help for <application>On-Screen
+Keyboard</application></ulink>.
+</para>
+
<section id="ats-5">
-<title>Maximizing Application Windows for On-Screen Keyboard Users</title>
+<title>Maximizing Application Windows for On-Screen
+Keyboard Users
+</title>
<indexterm>
-<primary>maximizing Terminal for On-Screen Keyboard users</primary>
+<primary>maximizing Terminal On-Screen Keyboard</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>If you are an <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
-user, you cannot use any application in Full Screen mode because the application
-window obscures the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> display.</para>
-<para>To resize the window for use with the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+If you are an <application>On-Screen Keyboard
+</application> user, you cannot use any application in
+Full-Screen mode because the application
+window obscures the <application>On-Screen Keyboard
+</application> display.
+</para>
+<para>
+To resize the window for use with the
+<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+application, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Do not enable the Full Screen mode in the application.</para>
+<para>
+Do not enable the Full-Screen mode in the application.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Give focus to the application window.</para>
+<para>
+Give focus to the application window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>F10</keycap> to maximize the application.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>F10</keycap> to maximize the application.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
-
<section id="dtconfig-0">
<title>Mouse and Keyboard Enhancements</title>
-<para>This section describes how to configure the mouse and keyboard to make
-these devices accessible to more users.</para>
+<para>
+This section describes how to configure the mouse and
+keyboard to make these devices accessible to more users.
+</para>
+
<section id="dtconfig-1">
<title>Configuring the Mouse</title>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> preference tool to configure the
-mouse to suit your needs. To open the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> preference
-tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mouse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> Preference tool to
+configure the mouse to suit your needs. To open the
+<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> Preference tool, choose
+<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>
+Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mouse
+</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>
+Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
+</para>
+
<section id="dtconfig-2">
-<title>To Configure the Behavior of the Mouse</title>
-<para>The following sections describe how to modify the behavior of the mouse
-to suit your needs. </para>
+<title>Configuring Mouse Behavior</title>
+<para>
+The following sections describe how to modify the
+behavior of the mouse to suit your needs.
+</para>
+
<section id="dtconfig-3">
-<title>To Configure the Mouse for Left-Handed Use</title>
+<title>Configuring the Mouse for Left-Handed Use</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse</primary>
-<secondary>left-handed</secondary>
+<secondary>left hand</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To configure the mouse for left-handed use, click on the <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
-then select the <guilabel>Left-handed mouse</guilabel> option. When you select
-this option, the system swaps the functions of the left mouse button and the
-right mouse button immediately.</para>
+<para>
+To configure the mouse for left-handed use, click on the
+<guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>
+Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog,
+then select the <guilabel>Left-handed mouse</guilabel>
+option. When you select
+this option, the system swaps the functions of the left
+mouse button and the right mouse button immediately.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-4">
-<title>To Configure the Double-Click Behavior</title>
+<title>Configuring Double-Click Behavior</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse</primary>
<secondary>double-click behavior</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>If you have difficulty double-clicking, you can increase
-the period of time that the system allows to elapse between the first click
-and the second click of a double-click. For example, if the double-click timeout
-setting is 0.4 seconds, you must perform the second click of a double-click
-within 0.4 seconds of the first click. If the second click occurs more than
-0.4 seconds after the first click, the system interprets the two clicks as
-two single clicks. </para>
-<para>To configure the double-click timeout setting, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<para>
+If you have difficulty double-clicking, you can increase
+the period of time that the system allows to elapse
+between the first click and the second click of a
+double-click. For example, if the double-click timeout
+setting is 0.4 seconds, you must perform the second
+click of a double-click within 0.4 seconds of the first
+click. If the second click occurs more than
+0.4 seconds after the first click, the system
+interprets the two clicks as two single clicks.
+</para>
+<para>
+To configure the double-click timeout setting, perform
+the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel> slider to specify the
-timeout in seconds that the system allows between the two clicks of a double-click. Moving the slider to the right will increase the timeout interval in 0.1 second intervals. In the same manner, moving the slider to the left will decrease the timeout in 0.1 second intervals.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Double-click on the light bulb to the right of the slider
-to test the setting. If you perform the two clicks of the double-click within
-the timeout specified, the light bulb lights up fully to display a yellow
-glow around the bulb. If you do not double-click within the timeout specified,
-the light bulb does not light fully. You should increase the timeout setting
-and try again. When the light bulb lights, the timeout setting is suitable
-for your needs. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the
+<guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel> slider to specify
+the timeout in seconds that the system allows between
+the two clicks of a double-click. Moving the slider to
+the right will increase the timeout interval in 0.1
+second intervals. In the same manner, moving the slider
+to the left will decrease the timeout in 0.1 second
+intervals.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Double-click on the light bulb to the right of the
+slider to test the setting. If you perform the two
+clicks of the double-click within the timeout
+specified, the light bulb lights up fully to display a
+yellow glow around the bulb. If you do not double-click
+within the timeout specified, the light bulb does not
+light fully. You should increase the timeout setting
+and try again. When the light bulb lights, the timeout
+setting is suitable for your needs.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-20">
-<title>To Change the Size of the Mouse Pointer</title>
+<title>Changing Mouse Pointer Size</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse</primary>
<secondary>pointer size</secondary>
@@ -125,82 +227,131 @@
<primary>pointer</primary>
<secondary>size</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To change the size of the mouse pointer that is displayed
-on the desktop, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+To change the size of the mouse pointer that is
+displayed on the desktop, perform the following
+steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog. </para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>This will display a list of pointer themes and sizes available.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>By default, GNOME does not include mouse pointer themes. Information about installing and using pointer themes can be found in the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?goscustdesk-54">User Guide</ulink>.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the
+<guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+This will display a list of pointer themes and sizes
+available.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+By default, GNOME does not include mouse pointer themes.
+Information about installing and using pointer themes
+can be found in the <ulink type="help"
+url="ghelp:user-guide?goscustdesk-54">User Guide
+</ulink>.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<!-- GNOME does not currently ship with default pointers. When it does, this needs updated. -->
<note>
-<para>On some platforms you must log out and log in again for this setting to take effect.</para>
+<para>
+On some platforms you must log out and log in again
+for this setting to take effect.
+</para>
</note>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-6">
-<title>To Locate the Mouse Pointer</title>
+<title>Locating the Mouse Pointer</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse</primary>
<secondary>locating pointer</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>If you have difficulty locating the mouse pointer on the
-screen, you can enable an option to highlight the pointer when you press the <keycap>Control</keycap> key. To enable this option, click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog, then
-select the <guilabel>Highlight the pointer when you press Ctrl</guilabel>
-option. When you press <keycap>Control</keycap>, the system displays an animation
-around the pointer to highlight the pointer. </para>
+<para>
+If you have difficulty locating the mouse pointer on
+the screen, you can enable an option to highlight the
+pointer when you press the <keycap>Control</keycap>
+key. To enable this option, click on the <guilabel>
+Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>
+Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog, then
+select the
+<guilabel>Highlight the pointer when you press Ctrl
+</guilabel>
+option. When you press <keycap>Control</keycap>, the
+system displays an animation around the pointer to
+highlight the pointer.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>On some platforms, you must log out and log in again before this
-setting takes effect.</para>
+<para>
+On some platforms, you must log out and log in again
+before this setting takes effect.
+</para>
</note>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-5">
-<title>To Configure the Speed and Sensitivity of the Mouse</title>
+<title>Configuring Mouse Speed and Sensitivity</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse</primary>
<secondary>speed and sensitivity</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To configure the speed and sensitivity of the mouse, perform
-the following steps: </para>
+<para>
+To configure the speed and sensitivity of the mouse,
+perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog. </para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tab in the
+<guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Configure the following options:</para>
+<para>
+Configure the following options:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Acceleration</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the slider to specify
-the speed at which the mouse pointer moves around the screen when you move
-your mouse. </para>
-<para>If you select a low setting, the mouse pointer moves at a speed similar
-to the speed at which you are physically moving the mouse. This means that
-you need to physically move the mouse larger distances to cover the screen
-area. If you select a high setting, the mouse pointer moves at a faster speed
-than the speed at which you physically move the mouse. This means that you
-need to physically move the mouse small distances to cover the screen area.</para>
+<para>
+Use the slider to specify the speed at which the mouse
+pointer moves around the screen when you move the mouse.
+</para>
+<para>
+If you select a low setting, the mouse pointer moves at
+a speed similar to the speed at which you are physically
+moving the mouse. This means that you need to physically
+move the mouse larger distances to cover the screen
+area. If you select a high setting, the mouse pointer
+moves at a faster speed than the speed at which you
+physically move the mouse. This means that you
+need to physically move the mouse small distances to
+cover the screen area.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Sensitivity</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the slider to specify
-how responsive the mouse pointer is to movements of your mouse. Moving the slider to the right will increase the sensitivity and moving it to the left will decrease the sensitivity.</para>
+<para>
+Use the slider to specify how responsive the mouse
+pointer is to movements of the mouse. Moving the slider
+to the right will increase the sensitivity and moving it
+to the left will decrease the sensitivity.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Threshold</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the slider to specify
-the distance that you must move an item before the system interprets the move
-action as a drag-and-drop action.</para>
+<para>
+Use the slider to specify the distance that you must
+move an item before the system interprets the move
+action as a drag-and-drop action.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
@@ -208,164 +359,272 @@
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-7">
-<title>To Configure the Cursor</title>
+<title>Configuring the Cursor</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>cursor</primary>
<secondary>stop blinking</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following section describes how to modify the display characteristics
-of the cursor. </para>
+<para>
+The following section describes how to modify the
+display characteristics of the cursor.
+</para>
+
<section id="dtconfig-9">
-<title>To Stop the Cursor Blinking</title>
-<para>To stop the cursor blinking in text boxes and fields, perform the following
-steps: </para>
+<title>Stopping the Cursor from Blinking</title>
+<para>
+To stop the cursor from blinking in text boxes and other
+areas, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool.</para>
+<para>
+Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
+Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start the
+<application>Keyboard</application> Preference tool.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel> tabbed section, deselect
-the <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel> option.</para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel> tabbed section,
+deselect the <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and
+fields</guilabel> option.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-10">
-<title>To Use the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</title>
-<para>If you have difficulty using a mouse, you can use the keyboard to emulate
-the mouse functions. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/> of this guide for more
-information.</para>
+<title>Keyboard Mouse Emulation</title>
+<para>
+If you have difficulty using a mouse, you can use the
+keyboard to emulate the mouse functions. See
+<xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/> of this guide for more
+information.
+</para>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-11">
<title>Configuring the Keyboard</title>
-<para>Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, to configure the keyboard accessibility options. To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Accessibility options can be enabled by selecting <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>. This will open a new dialog, <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences</application>, also known as <application>AccessX</application>.</para>
-<para>The <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</guilabel>
-dialog enables you to customize your keyboard in the following ways:</para>
+<para>
+Use the <application>Keyboard</application> Preference
+tool to configure the keyboard accessibility options.
+To open the <application>Keyboard</application>
+Preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System
+</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
+<guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
+Accessibility options can be enabled by selecting
+<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>. This will open a new
+dialog, <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences
+</application>, also known as <application>AccessX
+</application>.
+</para>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences
+(AccessX)</guilabel>
+dialog enables you to customize your keyboard in the
+following ways:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>To use the numeric keypad to emulate mouse actions. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Using the numeric keypad to emulate mouse actions.
+See <xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To specify the duration for which you must press-and-hold
-a key before the system accepts the keypress. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-15"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Specifying the duration for which you must press and
+hold a key before the system accepts the keypress.
+See <xref linkend="dtconfig-15"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To ignore rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-16"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Ignoring rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key.
+See <xref linkend="dtconfig-16"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To accept key combinations in sequence rather than simultaneously.
-See <xref linkend="dtconfig-17"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Accepting key combinations in sequence rather than
+simultaneously. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-17"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To emit an audible notification when a user activates or deactivates
-a toggle key. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-18"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Emitting an audible notification when a user activates
+or deactivates a toggle key.
+See <xref linkend="dtconfig-18"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To ignore long keypresses of the same key and control the
-repeat rate of a keypress. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-19"/>.</para>
+<para>
+Ignoring long keypresses of the same key and control
+the repeat rate of a keypress.
+See <xref linkend="dtconfig-19"/>.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+
<section id="dtconfig-13">
-<title>To Activate the Keyboard Accessibility Options</title>
+<title>Activating Keyboard Accessibility Options</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard accessibility options</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To activate the keyboard accessibility options, perform the following steps: </para>
+<para>
+To activate the keyboard accessibility options, perform
+the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel></para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable keyboard accessibility features</guilabel> option.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from
-keyboard</guilabel> option to receive an audible notification each time a
-user enables or disables a keyboard accessibility option using the following
-keyboard shortcuts:</para>
+<para>
+Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
+Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select
+<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable keyboard accessibility
+features</guilabel> option.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or
+off from keyboard</guilabel> option to receive an
+audible notification each time a keyboard accessibility
+option changes; to toggle these settings, use the
+following keyboard shortcuts:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds to
-enable or disable the slow keys feature. </para>
+<para>
+Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds
+to enable or disable the Slow Keys feature.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times to enable or disable
-the sticky keys feature.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times to enable or
+disable the Sticky Keys feature.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To automatically disable the keyboard accessibility options
-if the options are not used for a specified number of seconds, select the <guilabel>Disable if unused for X seconds</guilabel> option. Use the slider to specify
-the number of seconds of keyboard idle time required before the system disables
-the keyboard accessibility options. </para>
-<para>This option is intended for computers that are shared by a number of
-different users, some of whom require the keyboard accessibility options. </para>
+<para>
+To automatically disable the keyboard accessibility
+options if the options are not used for a specified
+number of seconds, select the <guilabel>Disable if
+unused for X seconds</guilabel> option. Use the slider
+to specify the number of seconds of keyboard idle time
+required before the system disables the keyboard
+accessibility options.
+</para>
+<para>
+This option is intended for computers that are shared
+by a number of different users, some of whom require
+the keyboard accessibility options.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Changes made will be instantly applied.</para>
+<para>Changes made will be instantly applied.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-14">
-<title>To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</title>
+<title>Enabling Mouse Emulation</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse keys</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The mouse keys feature
-enables you to use the numeric keypad on the keyboard to emulate mouse actions.
-This feature benefits users who have difficulty using a mouse or other pointing
-device. To enable and configure the mouse keys feature, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<para>
+The mouse keys feature enables you to use the numeric
+keypad on the keyboard to emulate mouse actions.
+This feature benefits users who have difficulty using a
+mouse or other pointing
+device. To enable and configure the mouse keys feature,
+perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tab.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Mouse Keys</guilabel> option.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Configure the following options to determine the behavior
-of the mouse pointer when you control the pointer from the numeric keypad:</para>
+<para>
+In the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences
+(AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>
+Mouse Keys</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Mouse Keys</guilabel>
+option.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Configure the following options to determine the
+behavior of the mouse pointer when you control the
+pointer from the numeric keypad:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Maximum pointer speed</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Maximum Pointer Speed</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use this spin box to specify the maximum speed, in pixels per second,
-at which the pointer moves around the screen.</para>
+<para>
+Use this spin box to specify the maximum speed in
+pixels per second at which the pointer moves around the
+screen.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Time to accelerate to maximum speed</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Elapsed Time before Maximum Mouse Speed
+</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use this spin box to specify the duration, in milliseconds,
-before the pointer accelerates to the maximum pointer speed. </para>
+<para>
+Use this spin box to specify the duration in
+milliseconds before the pointer accelerates to the
+maximum pointer speed.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
-<guilabel>Delay between keypress and pointer movement</guilabel>
+<guilabel>Delay between Keypress and Pointer Movement
+</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Use this spin box to specify the interval,
-in milliseconds, between a keypress and the time when the pointer starts to
-move. </para>
+<para>
+Use this spin box to specify the interval
+in milliseconds between a keypress and the time when the
+pointer starts to move.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>When you enable mouse keys, the keys on the numeric keypad have the
-following functions:</para>
+<para>
+When you enable mouse keys, the keys on the numeric
+keypad have the following functions:
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-1">
<title>Numeric Keypad to Mouse Function Mapping</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
@@ -434,19 +693,42 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
-<para>The toggle mouse button key enable the currently selected mouse button until the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key is pressed. This allows you to perform drag and drop operations.</para>
+<para>
+The Toggle Mouse Button key enables the currently
+selected mouse button until the <guilabel>Mouse button
+click</guilabel> key is pressed. This allows you to
+perform drag and drop operations.
+</para>
-<para>The <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> emulates the currently selected mouse button. Pressing <keycap>/</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> or <keycap>-</keycap> will change the behaviour of this. The currently selected mouse button can be seen in the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application> panel application, discussed in <xref linkend="dtconfig-21"/>.</para>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> emulates
+the currently selected mouse button. Pressing
+<keycap>/</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> or
+<keycap>-</keycap> will change the behaviour of this.
+The currently selected mouse button can be seen in the
+<application>Keyboard Accessibility Status
+</application> panel application, discussed in
+<xref linkend="dtconfig-21"/>.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>The <guilabel>Primary mouse button</guilabel> is the left mouse button for right handed people. The <guilabel>Secondary mouse button</guilabel> is the right mouse button and the <guilabel>Tertiary mouse button</guilabel> is the middle mouse button.</para>
+<para>
+The <guilabel>Primary mouse button</guilabel> is the
+left mouse button for right-handed people.
+The <guilabel>Secondary mouse button</guilabel> is the
+right mouse button and the <guilabel>Tertiary mouse
+button</guilabel> is the middle mouse button.
+</para>
</note>
-<para>Some Solaris systems also use the function keys to emulate the mouse
-buttons. The common function key to mouse button mappings are described in
-the following table.</para>
+<para>
+Some Solaris systems also use the function keys to
+emulate the mouse buttons. The
+function-key-to-mouse-button mappings are described in
+the following table.
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-2">
-<title>Function Key to Mouse Function Mapping on Solaris Systems</title>
+<title>F-Key to Mouse Action Mapping on Solaris Systems</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="52.78*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.22*"/>
@@ -489,57 +771,90 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-15">
-<title>To Enable the Slow Keys Feature</title>
+<title>Enabling Slow Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>slow keys</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The slow keys feature
-enables you to customize how the keyboard handles user input in the following
-ways:</para>
+<para>
+The slow keys feature enables you to customize how the
+keyboard handles user input in the following ways:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Specify the duration for which you must press-and-hold a key
-before the system accepts the keypress. This aspect of the feature benefits
-users who frequently press keys that they do not intend to press. </para>
+<para>
+Specify the duration for which you must press and hold
+a key before the system accepts the keypress. This
+aspect of the feature benefits users who frequently
+press keys that they do not intend to press.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance.
-This aspect of the feature benefits users who cannot see the result of a keypress.</para>
+<para>
+Enable audible indications of keyboard input and
+acceptance. This aspect of the feature benefits users
+who cannot see the result of a keypress.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>To enable and configure the slow keys feature, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<para>
+To enable and configure the slow keys feature, perform
+the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility
+Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the
+<guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option. </para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option.
+</para>
<tip>
-<para>To select or deselect the slow keys feature from the keyboard,
-press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds. This will present a dialog confirming that you with slow keys enabled. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard shortcut automatically selects all of the slow keys options.
-If you selected the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the
-keyboard</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab, after four seconds the system beeps three times to indicate that the system is about to select or deselect the feature.</para>
+<para>
+To select or deselect the Slow Keys feature from the
+keyboard, press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for
+eight seconds. This will present a dialog confirming
+that you want Slow Keys enabled. The <keycap>Shift
+</keycap> keyboard shortcut automatically selects all
+of the Slow Keys options. If you selected the
+<guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the
+keyboard</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Basic
+</guilabel> tab, after four seconds the system beeps
+three times to indicate that the system is about to
+select or deselect the feature.
+</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</guilabel> slider
-or spin box to specify the duration, in milliseconds, for which you must press-and-hold
-a key before the system accepts the keypress. Use the <guilabel>Type to test
-settings</guilabel> text box to test the slow keys setting and modify the
-setting as required. </para>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</guilabel>
+slider or spin box to specify the duration, in
+milliseconds, for which you must press and hold
+a key before the system accepts the keypress. Use the
+<guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel> text box to
+test the Slow Keys setting and modify the setting as
+required.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance,
-select the following options:</para>
+<para>
+To enable audible indications of keyboard input and
+acceptance, select the following options:
+</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Beep when key is pressed</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Select this option to hear a beep when you press a key.</para>
+<para>
+Select this option to hear a beep when you press a key.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
@@ -547,8 +862,10 @@
<guilabel>Beep when key is accepted</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Select this option to hear a beep when the system accepts
-a keypress. </para>
+<para>
+Select this option to hear a beep when the system
+accepts a keypress.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
@@ -556,94 +873,157 @@
<guilabel>Beep when key is rejected</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
-<para>Select this option to hear a beep when the system rejects
-a keypress. The system rejects a keypress if you do not press-and-hold the
-key for the duration that is specified in the <guilabel>Only accept keys held
-for</guilabel> spin box.</para>
+<para>
+Select this option to hear a beep when the system
+rejects a keypress. The system rejects a keypress if
+you do not press and hold the key for the duration that
+is specified in the <guilabel>Only accept keys held
+for</guilabel> spin box.
+</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-16">
-<title>To Enable the Bounce Keys Feature</title>
+<title>Enabling Bounce Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>bounce keys</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The bounce keys
-feature enables you to customize the keyboard to ignore rapid, repeated keypresses
-of the same key. For example, users with impaired motor skills might press
-the same key several times when they intend to press the key once. This feature
-enables you to customize the keyboard to ignore repeated keypresses. </para>
-<para>To enable and configure the bounce keys feature, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<para>
+The bounce keys feature enables you to customize the
+keyboard to ignore rapid, repeated keypresses of the
+same key. For example, users with impaired motor skills
+might press the same key several times when they intend
+to press the key once. This feature enables you to
+customize the keyboard to ignore repeated keypresses.
+</para>
+<para>
+To enable and configure the Bounce Keys feature,
+perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Bounce Keys</guilabel> option. </para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Ignore duplicate keypresses within</guilabel>
-slider or spin box to specify the duration in milliseconds (ms) after the
-first keypress for which the system ignores repeated keypresses of the same
-key. For example, if you select a duration of 500 ms, the system ignores all
-repeated keypresses of the same key that occur within 500 ms of the first
-keypress.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Beep if key is rejected</guilabel> option
-to hear an audible indication when the system ignores a key.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences
+ (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the
+<guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Bounce Keys</guilabel>
+option.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Ignore duplicate keypresses within
+</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the duration
+in milliseconds (ms) after the first keypress for which
+the system ignores repeated keypresses of the same
+key. For example, if you select a duration of 500 ms,
+the system ignores all repeated keypresses of the same
+key that occur within half a second of the first
+keypress.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Beep if key is rejected</guilabel>
+option to hear an audible indication when the system
+ignores a key.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<note>
-<para>If you want to enable the bounce keys feature, ensure that the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option is deselected. The slow keys feature requires
-you to press a key for a specified duration before the system accepts the
-keypress as a valid keypress. If you cannot press the key for the duration
-that is specified by the slow keys setting, deselect the <guilabel>Enable
-Slow Keys</guilabel> option to enable the system to accept your input.</para>
+<para>
+If you want to enable the Bounce Keys feature, ensure
+that the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option
+is deselected. The Slow Keys feature requires
+you to press a key for a specified duration before the
+system accepts the keypress as a valid keypress. If you
+cannot press the key for the duration that is specified
+by the Slow Keys setting, deselect the <guilabel>
+Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option to enable the system
+to accept your input.
+</para>
</note>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-17">
-<title>To Enable the Sticky Keys Feature</title>
+<title>Enabling Sticky Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>sticky keys</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The sticky keys
-feature enables you to press the keys in a key combination in sequence rather
-than simultaneously. This feature is designed for users who are unable to
-press two or more keys simultaneously. </para>
-<para>To enable and configure the sticky keys feature, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<para>
+The sticky keys feature enables you to press
+key combinations in sequence rather
+than simultaneously. This feature is designed for users
+who are unable to press two or more keys at the same
+time.
+</para>
+<para>
+To enable and configure the Sticky Keys feature,
+perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility
+Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the
+<guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Sticky Keys</guilabel> option.</para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Sticky Keys</guilabel>
+option.
+</para>
<tip>
-<para>To enable the sticky keys feature from the keyboard, press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times. This will present a dialog confirming that you with to enable sticky keys. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard shortcut automatically
-selects all of the sticky keys options. If you selected the <guilabel>Beep
-when features turned on or off from the keyboard</guilabel> option, the system
-beeps to indicate that the system is about to select or deselect the feature.
-When active, pressing <keycap>shift</keycap> five times in a row will present a dialog asking if you want to disable sticky keys.</para>
+<para>
+To enable the Sticky Keys feature from the keyboard,
+press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times. This will
+present a dialog confirming that you with to enable
+Sticky Keys. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard
+shortcut automatically selects all of the Sticky Keys
+options. If you selected the <guilabel>Beep when
+features turned on or off from the keyboard</guilabel>
+option, the system beeps to indicate that the system is
+about to select or deselect the feature.
+When active, pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times
+in a row will present a dialog asking if you want to
+disable Sticky Keys.
+</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Beep when modifier is pressed</guilabel>
-option to receive an audible indication each time you press a modifier key
-such as <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, or <keycap>Shift</keycap>.
-This option is useful to remind you whether a modifier key is active or inactive. </para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Selecting the <guilabel>Disable if two keys pressed
-together</guilabel> option will present a dialog with the option to disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed at the same time.</para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Beep when modifier is pressed
+</guilabel> option to receive an audible indication
+each time you press a modifier key such as
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, or
+<keycap>Shift</keycap>. This option is useful to
+remind you whether a modifier key is active or
+inactive.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Selecting the <guilabel>Disable if two keys pressed
+together</guilabel> option will present a dialog with
+the option to disable Sticky Keys if two keys are
+pressed at the same time.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>You can use the sticky keys feature in latch or lock mode. The following
-table describes how to choose a mode and the difference between the two modes.</para>
+<para>
+You can use the Sticky Keys feature in latch or lock
+mode. The following table describes how to choose a
+mode and the difference between the two modes.
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-3">
<title>Sticky Keys Latch or Lock Mode</title>
<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
@@ -653,7 +1033,7 @@
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
-<para>To use the sticky keys feature in...</para>
+<para>To use the Sticky Keys feature in...</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Press the modifier key...</para>
@@ -691,110 +1071,185 @@
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
-<para>Example 1: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>,
-do the following:</para>
+<para>
+Example 1: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Alt
+</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>,
+do the following:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Alt</keycap> to latch the modifier key. The <keycap>Alt</keycap> key remains active.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Alt</keycap> to latch the modifier key.
+The <keycap>Alt</keycap> key remains active.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>F1</keycap>. The key combination is now complete.
-After you press <keycap>F1</keycap>, the <keycap>Alt</keycap> modifier key
-is no longer active.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>F1</keycap>. The key combination is now
+complete. After you press <keycap>F1</keycap>, the
+<keycap>Alt</keycap> modifier key is no longer active.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>Example 2: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>, do the following:</para>
+<para>
+Example 2: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl
+</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap>
+</keycombo>, do the following:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> twice to lock the modifier key.
-The <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key remains active.</para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> twice to lock the modifier
+key. The <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key remains active.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Alt</keycap>. </para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Alt</keycap>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. The key combination is now complete. </para>
+<para>
+Press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. The key combination is now
+complete.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>To unlock the modifier key, press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> again.</para>
+<para>
+To unlock the modifier key, press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
+again.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-18">
-<title>To Enable Audible Notifications for Toggle Keys</title>
+<title>Enabling Audible Toggle Key Notifications</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>toggle keys</primary>
<secondary>enabling audio notifications</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>A toggle key is any key on the keyboard that
-can switch between two states. The <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps
-Lock</keycap>, and <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys are toggle keys. Most
-toggle keys have an associated light emitting diode (LED) on the keyboard
-that lights when the toggle key is active. To assist users with visual impairments,
-you can customize the keyboard to emit an audible notification when a user
-presses a toggle key. For example, when you press <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>,
-you can determine whether the key is toggled or not toggled by the sound that
-the keyboard emits. </para>
-<para>To enable accessible toggle keys, perform the following steps: </para>
+<para>
+A toggle key is any key on the keyboard that
+can switch between two states. The <keycap>Num Lock
+</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, and <keycap>
+Scroll Lock</keycap> keys are toggle keys. Most
+toggle keys have an associated light emitting diode
+(LED) on the keyboard that lights when the toggle key
+is active. To assist users with visual impairments,
+you can customize the keyboard to emit an audible
+notification when a user presses a toggle key. For
+example, when you press <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>,
+you can determine whether the key is toggled or not
+by the sound emitted.
+</para>
+<para>
+To enable accessible toggle keys, perform the following
+steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccesX)</application> select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility
+Preferences (AccesX)</application> select the
+<guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Toggle Keys</guilabel> option.</para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Toggle Keys</guilabel>
+option.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
-<para>When you activate the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>,
-or <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys, the system beeps once. When you deactivate
-a toggle key, the system beeps twice.</para>
+<para>
+When you activate the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>,
+<keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, or <keycap>Scroll Lock
+</keycap> keys, the system beeps once. When you
+deactivate a toggle key, the system beeps twice.
+</para>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-19">
-<title>To Enable the Repeat Keys Feature</title>
+<title>Enabling Repeat Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>repeat keys</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The repeat keys
-feature enables you to repeat a keystroke multiple times without pressing
-the key more than once. This feature is designed for users who cannot release
-keys quickly, for example users who operate a mouth stick. When you enable
-repeat keys, you can specify the duration for which you must press a key before
-the key starts to repeat.</para>
-<para>To enable and configure the repeat keys feature, perform the following
-steps: </para>
+<para>
+The Repeat Keys feature enables you to repeat a
+keystroke multiple times without pressing
+the key more than once. This feature is designed for
+users who cannot release keys quickly, for example
+users who operate a mouth stick. When you enable
+repeat keys, you can specify the duration for which you
+must press a key before the key starts to repeat.
+</para>
+<para>
+To enable and configure the Repeat Keys feature,
+perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Enable Repeat Keys</guilabel> option.</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify
-the duration for which you must press a key before the keyboard interprets
-the action as a repeat key. If you have difficulty releasing keys, select
-a long time delay. </para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>Use the <guilabel>Speed</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify
-the speed at which the keyboard repeats the keypress as input.</para>
+<para>
+From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility
+Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the
+<guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Enable Repeat Keys</guilabel>
+option.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider or spin box
+to specify the duration for which you must press a key
+before the keyboard interprets the action as a repeat
+key. If you have difficulty releasing keys, select
+a long time delay.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+Use the <guilabel>Speed</guilabel> slider or spin box
+to specify the speed at which the keyboard repeats the
+keypress as input.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
+
<section id="dtconfig-21">
-<title>Using the Keyboard Accessibility Status Panel Application</title>
+<title>Using the Keyboard Accessibility Status Panel
+Application</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Keyboard Accessibility Status panel application</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application>
-panel application shows you the status of the keyboard accessibility features.
-This panel application displays icons to indicate which keyboard accessibility
-features are enabled in the <application>Keyboard Accessibility</application>
-preference tool.</para>
-<para>To add the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application>
-panel application to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu></menuchoice> and select the <guimenuitem>Keyboard Accessibility Status</guimenuitem>.</para>
-<para>The following table describes the icons that the panel application displays
-and the status that each icon represents.</para>
+<para>
+The <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status
+</application> panel application shows you the status
+of the keyboard accessibility features. This panel
+application displays icons to indicate which keyboard
+accessibility features are enabled in the
+<application>Keyboard Accessibility</application>
+Preference tool.
+</para>
+<para>
+To add the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status
+</application> panel application to a panel, right-click
+on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to
+Panel</guimenu></menuchoice> and select the
+<guimenuitem>Keyboard Accessibility Status</guimenuitem>
+.
+</para>
+<para>
+The following table describes the icons that the panel
+application displays and the status that each icon
+represents.
+</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-25">
<title>Keyboard Accessibility Status Icons</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
@@ -806,8 +1261,7 @@
<para>Icon</para>
</entry>
<entry>
-<para>Keyboard Accessibility
-Status</para>
+<para>Keyboard Accessibility Status</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
@@ -826,8 +1280,9 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>Keyboard accessibility in general
-is available but none of the individual key features are enabled.</para>
+<para>Keyboard accessibility is available
+but none of the individual features are enabled.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -838,13 +1293,13 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/bouncekeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Bounce keys enabled icon</phrase>
+<phrase>Bounce Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>The bounce keys feature is
+<para>The Bounce Keys feature is
enabled.</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -856,13 +1311,16 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/mousekeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Mouse keys enabled icon</phrase>
+<phrase>Mouse Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>The mouse keys feature is enabled. The dot in the mouse button shows which button is currently associated with the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key.</para>
+<para>The Mouse Keys feature is enabled. The dot in the
+mouse button shows which button is currently associated
+with the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -873,13 +1331,13 @@
<imagedata fileref="figures/slowkeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
-<phrase>Slow keys enabled icon</phrase>
+<phrase>Slow Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>The slow keys feature is enabled.</para>
+<para>The Slow Keys feature is enabled.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -896,8 +1354,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky keys feature is
-enabled and the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key is latched.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Alt</keycap> key is latched.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -914,8 +1372,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky keys feature is
-enabled and the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key is locked.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Alt</keycap> key is locked.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -932,8 +1390,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is latched.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is latched.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -950,8 +1408,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is locked.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is locked.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -968,8 +1426,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key is latched.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Shift</keycap> key is latched.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -986,8 +1444,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key is locked.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Shift</keycap> key is locked.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1004,9 +1462,10 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap>
-key is latched.</para>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap>
+key is latched.
+</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1023,8 +1482,8 @@
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
-<para>The sticky
-keys feature is enabled and the <keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap>
+<para>The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the
+<keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap>
key is locked.</para>
</entry>
</row>
@@ -1033,11 +1492,4 @@
</table>
</section>
</section>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</chapter>
+</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/preface.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/preface.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/preface.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,61 +1,72 @@
<preface id="preface-0">
- <title>Preface</title>
- <para>The <citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop Accessibility
-Guide</citetitle> describes how to configure, customize,
-and use the accessibility features of the GNOME &manrevision;
-Desktop.</para>
- <sect1 id="preface-1">
- <title>Who Should Read This Guide</title>
- <para>This guide is for users, system administrators, and anyone who is interested
-in how the GNOME &gnomeversion; Desktop supports people with disabilities and addresses the requirements
-of Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="preface-2">
- <title>How This Guide Is Organized</title>
- <para>This guide is structured in the following manner:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="accessintro-1"/> introduces you to accessibility
-in the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="dtconfig-0"/> describes how to configure the
-mouse and keyboard to make these devices accessible to more users.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="keynav-0"/> describes how to navigate the GNOME
-Desktop from the keyboard.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="themes-0"/> describes the methods you can use
-to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop to enhance the accessibility of the desktop for users with
-visual impairments.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="ats-0"/> introduces you to the assistive technologies
-that are available from the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><xref linkend="sysadmin-0"/> describes the system administrator
-tasks that you need to perform before you can use the assistive technologies
-for the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="preface-3">
- <title>Related Documentation</title>
- <para>The following manuals are related to this guide:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop System Administration Guide</citetitle>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop User Guide</citetitle>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect1>
+<title>Preface</title>
+<para>
+The <citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop
+Accessibility Guide</citetitle> describes how to configure, customize and use the accessibility features of the GNOME &manrevision; Desktop.
+</para>
+
+<sect1 id="preface-1">
+<title>Who Should Read This Guide</title>
+<para>This guide is for users, system administrators, and anyone who is interested in how the GNOME &gnomeversion; Desktop supports people with disabilities. This guide also addresses the requirements of Section 508 of the U.S. Rehabilitation Act.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="preface-2">
+<title>How This Guide Is Organized</title>
+<para>This guide is structured in the following manner:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<xref linkend="accessintro-1"/> introduces you to accessibility in the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<xref linkend="dtconfig-0"/> describes how to configure the mouse and keyboard to make these devices accessible to more users.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para><xref linkend="keynav-0"/> describes how to navigate the GNOME Desktop from the keyboard.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<xref linkend="themes-0"/> describes the features and methods you can use to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop. These features can enhance the accessibility of the desktop for users with visual impairments.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<xref linkend="ats-0"/> introduces you to the
+assistive technologies that are available from the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<xref linkend="sysadmin-0"/> describes the system administrator tasks that you need to perform before you can use the assistive technologies for the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="preface-3">
+<title>Related Documentation</title>
+<para>
+The following manuals are related to this guide:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop System
+Administration Guide</citetitle>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+<citetitle>GNOME &manrevision; Desktop User Guide
+</citetitle>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
</preface>
Modified: trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/sysadmin.xml
==============================================================================
--- trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/sysadmin.xml (original)
+++ trunk/gnome2-accessibility-guide/C/sysadmin.xml Sun May 18 17:23:22 2008
@@ -1,76 +1,132 @@
-
<appendix id="sysadmin-0">
<title>System Administration</title>
-<para>This appendix
-describes some tasks that a system administrator needs to perform to enable
-accessible login and to facilitate the use of the assistive technologies that
-are available in the GNOME Desktop.</para>
+<para>
+This appendix describes some tasks that a system
+administrator needs to perform to enable an accessible
+login and to facilitate the use of the assistive
+technologies that are available in the GNOME Desktop.
+</para>
+
<sect1 id="sysadmin-6">
-<title>Enabling Full Screen Magnification</title>
+<title>Enabling Full-Screen Magnification</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Screen Reader and Magnifier</primary>
-<secondary>enabling
-full screen magnification</secondary>
+<secondary>enabling full screen magnification
+</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following sections
-describe the methods to enable full screen magnification.</para>
+<para>
+The following sections describe the methods to enable
+full-screen magnification.
+</para>
+
<sect2 id="sysadmin-48">
-<title>To Enable Full Screen Magnification Using Two Video Cards</title>
-<para>To enable full screen magnification in <application>Screen Reader and
-Magnifier</application> using two physical video cards, perform the following
-steps:</para>
+<title>Enabling Full-Screen Magnification with Two Video
+Cards</title>
+<para>
+To enable full-screen magnification in <application>
+Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> using two
+physical video cards, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Configure two video cards as :0.0 and :0.1.</para>
+<para>
+Configure two video cards as :0.0 and :0.1.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>It is not essential that both video cards have the same resolution
-and bit depth. However, if the resolutions and bit depths of both cards differ
-greatly, the apparent magnification factor may differ slightly from the nominal
-magnification factor.</para>
+<para>
+It is not essential that both video cards have the same
+resolution and bit depth. However, if the resolutions
+and bit depths of both cards differ greatly, the
+apparent magnification factor may differ slightly from
+the nominal magnification factor.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guisubmenu>Accessibility</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Screen Reader and Magnifier</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
+<para>
+Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu>
+<guisubmenu>Accessibility</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
+Screen Reader and Magnifier</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the
+<guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> to open the <guilabel>Magnifier Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> to open the
+<guilabel>Magnifier Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Add/Modify</guibutton> button to display
-the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Add/Modify</guibutton> button
+to display the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel>
+dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.0</userinput> in the <guilabel>Source</guilabel> text box. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section,
+type <userinput>:0.0</userinput> in the <guilabel>
+Source</guilabel> text box.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.1</userinput> in the <guilabel>Target</guilabel> text box. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section,
+type <userinput>:0.1</userinput> in the <guilabel>
+Target</guilabel> text box.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Set the Zoomer Placement values to be <literal>[0,0,1023,767]</literal>.</para>
+<para>
+Set the Zoomer Placement values to be
+<literal>[0,0,1023,767]</literal>.
+</para>
<note>
-<para>These instructions assume a video resolution of 1024x768. </para>
+<para>
+These instructions assume a video resolution of
+1024x768.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> and <guibutton>Close</guibutton>
-to close the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel> dialog. </para>
-<para>The magnified view is displayed on the second display 0.1.</para>
+<para>
+Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> and <guibutton>Close
+</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Zoomer Options
+</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
+<para>
+The magnified view is displayed on the second display
+(0.1).
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
+
<sect2 id="sysadmin-49">
-<title>To Enable Full Screen Magnification Using One Video Card on Linux Systems</title>
-<para>To enable full screen magnification on Linux systems using one physical
-video card and one virtual video card, perform the following steps:</para>
+<title>Enabling Full-Screen Magnification Using One
+Video Card on Linux Systems</title>
+<para>
+To enable full-screen magnification on Linux systems
+using one physical video card and one virtual video
+card, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.</para>
+<para>
+Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Create a new section at the end of the file as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Create a new section at the end of the file as follows:
+</para>
<literallayout>Section "Device"
Boardname "dummy"
Driver "dummy"
@@ -79,22 +135,34 @@
EndSection </literallayout>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Copy the <literal>Monitor</literal> section and paste it at
-the end of the file.</para>
+<para>
+Copy the <literal>Monitor</literal> section and paste it
+at the end of the file.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the new <literal>Monitor</literal> section, edit the <literal>Identifier</literal> line as follows:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>Identifier "MonitorD"</literallayout>
+In the new <literal>Monitor</literal> section, edit the
+<literal>Identifier</literal> line as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>Identifier "MonitorD"
+</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Copy the <literal>Screen</literal> section and paste it at
-the end of the file.</para>
+<para>
+Copy the <literal>Screen</literal> section and paste it
+at the end of the file.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the new <literal>Screen</literal> section, edit the <literal>Device</literal>, <literal>Identifier</literal>, and <literal>Monitor</literal>
-lines as follows:</para>
+<para>
+In the new <literal>Screen</literal> section, edit the
+<literal>Device</literal>, <literal>Identifier
+</literal>, and <literal>Monitor</literal>
+lines as follows:
+</para>
<para>
<literallayout>Device "dummy"
Identifier "Screen[D]"
@@ -102,160 +170,251 @@
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section to change
-the <literal>Screen</literal> line as follows:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>Screen "Screen[0]" 0 0</literallayout>
+Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section to
+change the <literal>Screen</literal> line as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>Screen "Screen[0]" 0 0
+</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Insert the following line in the <literal>ServerLayout</literal>
-section:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>Screen "Screen[D]" RightOf "Screen[0]"</literallayout>
+Insert the following line in the <literal>ServerLayout
+</literal> section:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>Screen "Screen[D]"
+RightOf "Screen[0]"</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Save the <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> file.</para>
+<para>
+Save the <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> file.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Restart the X Server.</para>
+<para>
+Restart the X Server.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Start the <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application>
-application.</para>
+<para>
+Start the <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier
+</application>
+application.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Startup Mode</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Startup Mode</guilabel> in the
+<guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Select the <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Startup Mode</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Select the <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> option in the
+<guilabel>Startup Mode</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the
+<guilabel>Gnopernicus</guilabel> menu window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> to open the <guilabel>Magnifier Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Magnifier</guilabel> to open the
+<guilabel>Magnifier Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guibutton>Add/Modify</guibutton> button to display
-the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guibutton>Add/Modify</guibutton> button
+to display the <guilabel>Zoomer Options</guilabel>
+dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section, type <userinput>:0.1</userinput> in the <guilabel>Source</guilabel> text box. </para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Display Screen</guilabel> section,
+type <userinput>:0.1</userinput> in the
+<guilabel>Source</guilabel> text box.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Zoomer Placement</guilabel> section, set
-the value of the <guilabel>Left</guilabel> spin box to <userinput>0</userinput>.</para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Zoomer Placement</guilabel> section,
+set the value of the <guilabel>Left</guilabel> spin box
+to <userinput>0</userinput>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para>
-<para>The <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> user interface
-is no longer visible.</para>
+<para>
+Click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.
+</para>
+<para>
+The <application>Screen Reader and Magnifier
+</application> user interface is no longer visible.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Log out of your session.</para>
+<para>
+Log out of your session.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Log in to a new session.</para>
+<para>
+Log in to a new session.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Enter the following command to start <application>Screen Reader
-and Magnifier</application> in full screen magnification mode:</para>
+<para>
+Enter the following command to start <application>
+Screen Reader and Magnifier</application> in
+full-screen magnification mode:
+</para>
<para>
<command>gnopernicus -display :0.1</command>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>When you log out of your session, select the <guilabel>Save
-current setup</guilabel> option. </para>
+<para>
+When you log out of your session, select the
+<guilabel>Save current setup</guilabel> option.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
</sect1>
+
<sect1 id="sysadmin-52">
<title>Enabling Braille</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Braille, enabling</primary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To enable
-your system to support Braille output, you must configure the access rights
-to the serial port to which the Braille device is connected. To do that:</para>
+<para>To enable your system to support Braille output,
+you must configure the access rights to the serial port
+to which the Braille device is connected:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user.</para>
+<para>
+Log in as the <literal>root</literal> user.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Enter the following command:</para>
+<para>
+Enter the following command:
+</para>
<para>
<command>chmod 777 /dev/ttyS0</command>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Enter the following command:</para>
+<para>
+Enter the following command:
+</para>
<para>
<command>chmod 777 /dev/ttyS1</command>
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect1>
+
<sect1 id="sysadmin-37">
<title>Configuring Alternative Pointer Devices</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>configuring two pointer devices</primary>
-<secondary>on
-Linux systems</secondary>
+<secondary>on Linux systems</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>The following sections describe how to configure your system to use
-a standard physical mouse and another pointer device such as a single switch
-device or head tracker device, and how to configure <application>On-Screen
-Keyboard</application> to use the second pointer device.</para>
-<para>To configure an alternative pointer
-device, perform the following steps:</para>
+<para>
+The following sections describe how to configure your
+system to use a standard physical mouse and another
+pointer device such as a single switch device or head
+tracker device, and how to configure <application>
+On-Screen Keyboard</application> to use the second
+pointer device.
+</para>
+<para>
+To configure an alternative pointer device, perform the
+following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Before you connect the alternative pointer device to your
-system, enter the following command to list the existing devices:</para>
+<para>
+Before you connect the alternative pointer device to
+your system, enter the following command to list the
+existing devices:
+</para>
<para>
<command>ls -l /dev/usb/hid*</command>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Connect the alternative pointer device to your system.</para>
+<para>
+Connect the alternative pointer device to your system.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Enter the following command again to list the new device:</para>
+<para>
+Enter the following command again to list the new
+device:
+</para>
<para>
<command>ls -l /dev/usb/hid*</command>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.</para>
+<para>
+Open the file <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Edit the <literal>InputDevice</literal> section where the <literal>Driver</literal> value is set to <literal>mouse</literal> as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Edit the <literal>InputDevice</literal> section where
+the <literal>Driver</literal> value is set to
+<literal>mouse</literal> as follows:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Change the <literal>Option Device</literal> line to the following:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>Option "Device" "/dev/input/mouse0"</literallayout>
+Change the <literal>Option Device</literal> line to the
+following:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>
+Option "Device" "/dev/input/mouse0"
+</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Comment out the <literal>Option Protocol</literal> line as
-follows:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>#Option "Protocol" "explorerps/2"</literallayout>
+Comment out the <literal>Option Protocol</literal> line
+as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>
+#Option "Protocol" "explorerps/2"
+</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
-<para>If you are not using USB connections for your primary mouse device
-and other pointer device, you do not need to carry out this step.</para>
+<para>
+If you are not using USB connections for your primary
+mouse device and other pointer device, you do not need
+to carry out this step.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> section as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> section as
+follows:
+</para>
<para>
<literallayout>Section "InputDevice"
Driver "mouse"
@@ -266,77 +425,127 @@
EndSection</literallayout>
</para>
<note>
-<para>If you are not using USB connections for your primary mouse device
-and other pointer device, you do not need to carry out this step.</para>
+<para>
+If you are not using USB connections for your primary
+mouse device and other pointer device, you do not need
+to carry out this step.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Edit the <literal>ServerLayout</literal> section as
+follows:
+</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Change the <literal>InputDevice "Mouse[1]"</literal> line
-to the following:</para>
<para>
-<literallayout>InputDevice "Mouse[1]" "CorePointer"</literallayout>
+Change the <literal>
+InputDevice "Mouse[1]"</literal> line
+to the following:
+</para>
+<para>
+<literallayout>
+InputDevice "Mouse[1]" "CorePointer"
+</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> line as follows:</para>
+<para>
+Create a new <literal>InputDevice</literal> line as
+follows:
+</para>
<para>
<literallayout>InputDevice "Mouse[3]"
</literallayout>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Remove any occurrences of the attributes <literal>SendCore</literal> or <literal>AlwaysCore</literal> from any of <literal>InputDevice</literal> lines.</para>
+<para>
+Remove any occurrences of the attributes
+<literal>SendCore</literal> or <literal>AlwaysCore
+</literal> from any of <literal>InputDevice</literal>
+lines.
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
-<para>Ensure that only the device that you are using as the primary
-mouse device has the <literal>"CorePointer"</literal> attribute and ensure
-that the alternate input devices do not have the <literal>SendCore</literal>
-or <literal>AlwaysCore</literal> attributes.</para>
+<para>
+Ensure that only the device that you are using as the
+primary mouse device has the <literal>
+"CorePointer"</literal> attribute and ensure
+that the alternate input devices do not have the
+<literal>SendCore</literal>
+or <literal>AlwaysCore</literal> attributes.
+</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Save the <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> file.</para>
+<para>
+Save the <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> file.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Restart the X Server.</para>
+<para>
+Restart the X Server.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
+
<sect2 id="sysadmin-47">
-<title>To Configure On-Screen Keyboard to Use an Alternative Pointer Device</title>
+<title>Configuring the On-Screen Keyboard to Use an
+Alternative Pointer Device</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>On-Screen Keyboard</primary>
<secondary>configuring for
two pointer devices</secondary>
</indexterm>
-<para>To configure the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application to use an alternative pointer
-device, perform the following steps.</para>
+<para>
+To configure the <application>On-Screen Keyboard
+</application> application to use an alternative pointer
+device, perform the following steps:
+</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
-<para>Start the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application.</para>
+<para>
+Start the <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>
+application.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>GOK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>GOK - main</guilabel> window.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>GOK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>
+GOK - main</guilabel> window.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> to open the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click on <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> to open the
+<guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click on the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> tab.</para>
+<para>
+Click on the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> tab.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Event Source</guilabel> options, select the <guilabel>Other input device</guilabel> option. <application>On-Screen Reader</application>
-displays the name of the input device that you configured in the text box
-next to the <guilabel>Other input device</guilabel> option.</para>
+<para>
+In the <guilabel>Event Source</guilabel> options,
+select the <guilabel>Other input device</guilabel>
+option. <application>On-Screen Reader</application>
+displays the name of the input device that you
+configured in the text box next to the <guilabel>
+Other input device</guilabel> option.
+</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
-<para>Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>GOK
-Preferences</guilabel> dialog.</para>
+<para>
+Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to close the
+<guilabel>GOK Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
+</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect2>
</sect1>
-</appendix>
+</appendix>
\ No newline at end of file
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
